TECHNICAL DATA GHP and EHP hybrid Air Conditioner

OUTDOOR MODEL No.

U-20GES3E5U-10MES2E8

TECHNICAL DATA

GHP and EHP hybridAir Conditioner

REFERENCE No. GTD-1805-02A

Order No. SBPAC1805006CE

Contents

System Configuration ...................................................................A-1

Outdoor Unit .................................................................................B-1

Control-Related ............................................................................C-1

System Design .............................................................................D-1

Installation Work ...........................................................................E-1

Separately Sold Parts ..................................................................F-1

Periodic Inspection .......................................................................G-1

System Configuration

Contents

1. Type Configuration

(1) Outdoor unit ............................................................................................................ A-2

2. System Configuration

(1) SYSTEM 1: Multi-type indoor unit system............................................................... A-4(2) SYSTEM 2: Large-capacity multi-type indoor unit system ...................................... A-6(3) SYSTEM 3: System connected with multi-type indoor units and large-capacity

multi-type indoor units ........................................................................ A-6

(4)

(5)

SYSTEM 5: System including 100% Fresh Air duct function type indoor units....... A-6SYSTEM 7: Water heat exchanger units ................................................................ A-7

(2) Indoor unit ............................................................................................................... A-3

Ａ－1

System Configuration 1. Type Configuration

(1) Outdoor Unit

U-20GES3E5 U-10MES2E8

Ａ－2

System Configuration 1. Type Configuration

(2) Indoor unit

ClassType

22 28 36 45 56 60 73 90 106 140 160 224 280

4Way Cassette ○ ○ ○ ○○○○ ○○ ○ ○

2Way Cassette ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

1Way Cassette ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Variable Static Pressure Hide Away ○ ○ ○ ○ ○○○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Slim Variable Static Pressure Hide Away ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Ceiling ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

High Static Pressure Hide Away ○ ○

Wall Mounting ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Floor Standing ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Concealed Floor Standing ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Ａ－3

System Configuration 2. System Configuration

(1) SYSTEM 1: Multi-type indoor unit system

Piping set (sold separately) usage exampleFor the number of connectable indoor units, see the table on the next page.

1) Branch piping usage example (in the case of a W multi-system, the maximum number of outdoor units

is two)

Example 1 Example 2

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

Branch pipe

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

Branch pipe

Closed(pinch)weld(arranged on-site)

1m or less

Example 3 *Line branch method Example 4 *T-tee branch method

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

2 m or less

First branch

2) Header usage example

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

2 m or less

First branch

Two headers used

3) Combination of header and branch piping usage example

Example 1 Example 2

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

Branch pipe

Header

Outdoor unit

Indoor units

Branch pipe

Header

Note) There are four branches from a single header.To form five or more branches with the header method, connect two headers as shown in the figure.Branch piping cannot be placed after a header branch.

Note) All header piping openings are closed when shipping.Perform piping during expansion.

Note 1) Branch piping cannot be placed after a T-tee branch.

Note 2) When a commercial T-tee will be used, set the total length of the branch section to 2 m or less.

Note) Branch piping cannot be placed after a header branch.

Ａ－4


<Connection range of indoor units>

Maximum number of indoor that can be connected(per system) : 48 units

Minimum capacity of indoor units that can be connected: Type 22 or greater

Connectable capacity : 50-130% outdoor units total capacity in the system

Outdoor temperature operation range

Cooling mode –10 to 43ºC DB

Heating mode –21 to 18ºC WB

Ａ－5


(2) SYSTEM 2: Large-capacity multi-type indoor unit system

Multiple connections of different capacities are possible.

*The large-capacity multi-type indoor units are HIDE AWAY units (Type 224/280).

Connection capacity range of indoor units

Min : 50 % of the minimum outdoor unit capacityMax : 120 % of the total capacity of two outdoor units

(3) SYSTEM 3: System connected with multi-type indoor units and large-capacity multi-type indoor units

rarge-capacity multi-type indoor units can be connected with one multi-type indoor units in one system.

Connection capacity range of indoor units

(4) SYSTEM 5: System including 100% Fresh Air duct function type indoor units

Connections of different capacities are possible. Furthermore, it is also possible to connect multi-typeindoor units.Connect units to satisfy the following conditions.In either case, the maximum number of indoor unit connections is 24 units.1. In the case of 100% Fresh Air duct function type indoor units only, connect units to satisfy condition.2. In the case of 100% Fresh Air duct function type, and multi-type indoor units, connect units to satisfyconditions (1) and (2).

Condition (1)Connection capacity range of indoor unitsMin : 50 % of the minimum outdoor unit capacityMax : 100 % of the total capacity of two outdoor units

Condition (2)Connection ratio of 100 % Fresh Air duct function type indoor units:It must be 40 % or less of the total capacity of connected indoor units

Min : 50 % of the minimum outdoor unit capacityMax : 130 % of the total capacity of two outdoor units

Ａ－6


(5) SYSTEM 7: Water heat exchanger units

Outdoor unit Water heat exchanger unit

Type 560 Type 500

Type 850 Type 710

Rap valve kit connections

In the case of SYSTEM 2 and SYSTEM 3, rap valve kit is necessary for HIDE AWAY units (Type 224/280).

In the case of SYSTEM 3, satisfy the following connection limit.• The total capacity of an indoor unit not equipped with rap valve kit shall be 16 kW or higher.

• W multi-systemThe total capacity of an indoor unit not equipped with rap valve kit shall be 50% or more of the largestoutdoor unit capacity.

In the case of SYSTEM 4 , rap valve kit is not necessary, but outdoor units must have “rap configured.

For combinations in which the connection capacity exceeds 100%, the performance of each indoor unitmust be lower than the prescribed value when all indoor units are operating.

Air conditioning may be reduced transiently due to the combination and operation condition of indoor units.

valve kit available”

Ａ－7

Outdoor Unit

Contents

1. Gas Usage Conditions

(1) Usable Gas ............................................................................................................. B-2

(2) Gas Supply Pressure .............................................................................................. B-2

(3) Applicable Gas Type ............................................................................................... B-2

(4) Gas Maximum Flow Volume ................................................................................... B-2

(5) When using Propane .............................................................................................. B-3

2. Specifications......................................................................................................B-4

3. External Dimensions ...........................................................................................B-6

4. Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................................B-8

5. Performance Characteristics ..............................................................................B-10

6. Vibration Force

(1) Measurement Points ............................................................................................... B-28(2) Vibration Force ........................................................................................................ B-28

Ｂ－1

Outdoor Unit 1. Gas Usage Conditions

(1) Usable Gas

Depending upon the calorific value of the natural gas, the setting for the gas fuel flow rate adjustment nozzle will differ.

* If the gas type changes due to relocation or fuel conversion, gas type setting is required.

(2) Gas Supply PressureUnits: mbar

Gas Type Maximum Standard MinimumP 45 37 25

H, L, E 25 20 17

(3) Applicable Gas Type

Group P H L EGas composition

Standard gasCalorific alue

(MJ/m3N)

C3H8 100%G31

95.65

CH4 100%G20

37.78

CH4 86% N2 14%G25

32.49

CH4 100%G20

37.78

Model Name 56.0 kW Type

Applicability : Standard setting when shipped from the factory : Necessary to change the gas type setting on site

(4) Gas Maximum Flow Volume

Outdoor unit type Gas Maximum Flow Volume (kW)

56.0 kW 69

The gas maximum fl w volume is the quantity of gas consumed after start up and operating at full capacity, with the gas at 40 °C and at standard pressure.

Ｂ－2

Outdoor Unit 1. Gas Usage Conditions

(5) When using Propane

* When using Propane as the gas fuel, it is necessary to adjust the fuel adjustment valve and the gastype setting.

1) Fuel valve setting

�With the power supply breaker for the outdoor unit OFF① Move the lever of the P/N switch that is attached to the mixer

part of the engine to the position shown in the diagram. Turnit 180 degrees in the clockwise direction (there is a stopperprovided). Do not apply unnecessary force to turn it anyfurther.

② Attach the short-circuit connector supplied to the N/P switchCN013 on the outdoor unit’s control board.

* Switch the outdoor unit’s power breaker to ON.③ In the electrical equipment box, fix the "Gas type setting/

Adjustment Completed" label to the prescribed position forthe PL NAME.

2) Fuel Gas Type Setting

�Check that the fuel adjustment valve setting has been set before operating the outdoor control board.① Press the home key (SW004) for longer than one second and the menu item number will be displayed.

② Next, press the up (SW005)/down (SW006) key to set the menu item number to .③ After displaying , is displayed. When is displayed press the

set (SW007) key. The green LED (LED053) lights up, and the system address setting is displayed.(For example: )

④ Next operate the down (SW006)/up (SW005) key, to display the gas type setting. When the gas typesetting is displayed, press the set (SW007) key for longer than one second.Note: When setting the gas type, ** is displayed.(for ** enter 00-05)

⑤ A red LED (LED052) lights up, indicating that a forced setting is being carried out. In this condition, pressthe down (SW006)/up (SW005) key, and select the gas type.

The relationship between display and gas type is as shown in the following table.

↑ DOWN↓ UP

Status/settingdisplay Type of gas Status/setting

display Type of gas

Band P (LPG) No Use

No Use No Use

Band H/L (Natural Gas) No Use

No Use No Use

Band E (Natural Gas) No Use

No Use No Use

No Use Band LNG (Natural Gas)

No Use No Use

* When the H/L/E gas type is selected, the oil replacement time warning is not displayed.

⑥ After completing selection of gas type, press the set (SW007) key for longer than 1 second. The redLED (LED052) will be extinguished.

⑦ Press the home (SW004) key to complete the setting.

Note: When using propane, change the setting in accordance with the above procedure to

P Lever

H•L•E

Ｂ－3

Outdoor Unit 2. Specification

Model No. U-20GES3E5External dimensions (mm)

HeightWidthDepth

2,2551,650

1,000 (+80)

Weight (kg) 765

Performance (kW)

Cooling capacityHeating capacity (Standard)Heating capacity (low temp.)Hot Water (Cooling mode)

56.063.067.0

29.1 (@65°C outlet)(Note 7)

Generate electricity power source 220 / 230 / 240 V, 50 Hz, Single-phase

Electrical rating

CoolingRunning amperes (A)

Power input (kW)Power factor (%)

5.181.1294

HeatingRunning amperes (A)


4.791.0595

Starting amperes (A) 30

Gas Type

Gas Band

PHLE

Propane gas (G31)Natural gas (G20)Natural gas (G25)Natural gas (G20)

Gas consumption (kW)

CoolingHeating (Standard)

52.151.1

Compressor

Cooling oil (L) (type)Crankcase heater (W)

4.4(FV68S)30

Paint color (Munsell code) Silky Shade (1Y8.5 / 0.5)

Engine

Displacement (L)Rated output (kW)

2.48812.4

Oil TypeQuantity (L)

Panasonic Genuine40

Starter motor 12 V DC, 2.0 kW

Starter type AC/DC conversion type DC starter

Engine cooling waterQuantity (L)

Concentration, Freezing temperature

21

50 V / V%, –35°C

Cooling water pump rated output (kW) 0.16

Refrigerant type, Quantity (kg) HFC [R410A] , 11.5

Air intakes All around

Air outlet TopPiping

Refrigerant gas (mm)

Refrigerant liquid (mm)

Fuel gasExhaust drain (mm)

Hot water supply in/out

ø28.58(brazed)(ø31.75) (Note 4)ø15.88(brazed)

(ø19.05) (Note 4)

Operating noise level dB(A) 80 / 58 (PWL/SPL)

Ventilation System

TypeAir flow rate (m3/min)

Rated output (kW)

Propeller fans (x2)420

0.70×2

Drain heater (W) 40

η s,c 211.8η s,h 143.2Design Pressure (HP/LP) (MPa) 3.80 / 2.50

Notes1. Cooling and heating capacities in the tables are determined under the test conditions of JIS B 8627.

Operating condition Cooling Heating (standard) Heating (low temp.)

Indoor air intake temp. 27°CDB/19°CWB 20°CDB 20°CDB/15°CWB or less

Outdoor air intake temp. 35°CDB 7°CDB/6°CWB 2°CDB/1°CWB

• Effective heating requires that the outdoor air intake temperature be at least –20°CDB or –21°CWB.2. Gas consumption is the total (high) calorific alue standard.3. Outdoor unit operating sound is measured 1 meter from the front and 1.5 meters above the floor (in an

anechoic environment). Actual installations may have larger values due to ambient noise and reflection.4. Values in parentheses ( ) for refrigerant gas and liquid types are those when the maximum piping length

exceeds 90 meters (equivalent length). (Reducers are available locally.)5. Specifications are subject to change without notic .6. Hot water heating capacity is applicable during cooling operation as in Note 1.7. The maximum water temperature that can be obtained is 65°C. Water heating performance and temperature

vary with the air conditioning load.Because the hot water heating system uses waste heat from the engine, which runs the air conditioning,its ability to heat water is not guaranteed.

Oil balance(mm) ø6.35R3/4 (Bolt, thread)

ø25 .Rubber hose (length: 350) Rp3/4 (Nut, thread)

Ｂ－4

Outdoor Unit 2. Specification

Notes1. Cooling and heating capacities in the tables are determined under the test conditions of JIS B 8616.

Operating condition Cooling Heating (standard) Heating (low temp.)

Indoor air intake temp. 27°CDB/19°CWB 20°CDB 20°CDB/15°CWB or less

Outdoor air intake temp. 35°CDB 7°CDB/6°CWB 2°CDB/1°CWB

• Effective heating requires that the outdoor air intake temperature be at least –20°CDB or –21°CWB.

2.

3.

4.

Outdoor unit operating sound is measured 1 meter from the front and 1.5 meters above the floor (in an anechoic environment). Actual installations may have larger values due to ambient noise and reflection. Values in parentheses ( ) for refrigerant gas and liquid types are those when the maximum piping length exceeds 90 meters (equivalent length). (Reducers are available locally.)Specifications are subject to change without notic .

HFC [R410A] , 5.6

Three sides(except the front side)

Top

Refrigerant type, Quantity (kg)

Air outletPiping

Refrigerant gas (mm)

Refrigerant liquid (mm)

ø22.22(brazed)(ø25.4) (Note 3)ø9.52 (brazed)(ø12.7) (Note 3)

ø6.35 Oil balance(mm)

Ventilation SystemType Propeller fans (x1)

2240.75

Air flow rate (m3/min) Rated output (kW)

275.4167.6

η s,cη s,hDesign Pressure (HP/LP) (MPa) 3.80 / 3.11

U-10MES2E8Model No.

External dimensions (mm)

HeightWidthDepth

1,842770

1,000

Weight (kg)

Performance (kW)

Cooling capacityHeating capacity

28.031.5

Generate electricity power source 380 / 400 / 415 V, 50 Hz, 3-phase

Electrical rating

Cooling10.26.4191

HeatingRunning amperes (A)


10.56.6291

1Starting amperes (A)

Running amperes (A)Power input (kW)Power factor (%)

210

Air intakes

77 /56(PWL / SPL) Operating noise level dB(A)

Ｂ－5

Outdoor Unit 3. External Dimensions

2255（External）176

1650（External）

Front View

1024（min）1040（max）

（anchor pitch）

1000

325

(anchor pitch)

Top View

1412

10 12

1212

1000（External）

1080(frame width)

1050

(suspension holes)

Left Side View

111115

9

153

243

22

243

51353

143 (Knock out hole)100 (Rerigerant pipe)

213

326

42260

15080

(Hot water) 11150

182

Rear View

4

5 6

7

13 2

81718

1 32000

At least

550At least

950At least

100

At least

350

At least

550At least

950At least

100

At least

100

At least

350

At least

744

16

Right Side View

Front Side

Front Side

Rear Side

(refrigerant tubing)

Rear Side

(refrigerant tubing)

<Single-unit

installation>

<Multi-unit series installation>

Service Clearances for Installation

(Units:mm)

Free

Exte

rnal

dim

ensi

ons

U-2

0GES

3E5

draw

ing

Scal

eM

odel

Nam

e

Ｂ－6

Outdoor Unit 3. External Dimensions

unit: mm

ø19.051 Refrigerant tubing(gas tube)

brazed connection

Refrigerant tubing (liquid tube)Refrigerant tubing(balance tube)

flared connectionflared connection

8HPTypes of unit 10HP

ø9.522

ø6.35

ø22.22

ø9.52

ø6.353

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Installation holes(8-15x21 elongated holes), anchor bolts M12 or larger

Refrigerant tubing port (front: knock-out hole)

Refrigerant tubing port (bottom: slit hole)

Electrical wiring port (front: ø60, ø29 knock-out hole - for conduit connection)Electrical wiring port (bottom: ø60, ø29 knock-out hole - for conduit connection)Pressure outlet port (for high pressure: ø7.94 Schrader-type connection)Pressure outlet port (for low pressure: ø7.94 Schrader-type connection)

Terminal plate for inter-unit control wiring and/or inter-outdoor unit control wiring

Terminal plate

12

A :B :C :

964 (Installation hole pitch) * The tubing is routed out from the front.730 (Installation hole pitch) * The tubing is routed out from the bottom.730 (Installation hole pitch)

According to the installation site, you may choose the setting position in the depth direction of the anchor bolt from "A", "B" or "C".

1-2. Dimensional DataU-10MES2E8

460 5 5

5

5

189(Width of space)

(Width of space)

79

6839

81

85 86

355220

55

219354

450489

552624

222

149

134

9274

56

322 34

8

a

1842

953

760

901

353583

618

9

10

12

75 75

11

E

D

8 6

12357

15 1823

4

1000

1000

C:7

30 B:7

30

A:9

6418740

770

15

Installation anchor hole8-15×21elongated holes

4

View Z

ø60 knock-

out hole

ø29 knock-

out hole

Enlarged view D

Installation hole8 - 15 x 21 elongated hole

Side view

Front view

Top view

Air intake

Air intake

Air intake

(Installation hole pitch)

Electrical component box

Installation fixing bracket Installation side

Enlarged view E

Position of refrigerant tube connection

Dimension of refrigerant tube connecting positionTypes of unit 8HP

a10HP

240 270

(par

t3

)(p

art

2)

(par

t1

)

Z

Ｂ－7

(1) U-20G S3E5

DC

MC

N083

12

3

12

3

12

3

12

3

12V

AC

N001

3P

( BLU

)

12

3

PS2

PS1

CN

049

6P

( RED

)

12

34

56

11

12

3

12

3

AU

H1

AU

H2

CN

031

7P

( BLK

)

＋ -

DC

MC

N024

VG

01

VG

02

CN

041

OU

T-M

AIN

CN

026

3P

( WH

T)

7P

( WH

T)

6P

( WH

T)

63Q

3C

N038

3P

( RED

)

13

FB

VG

CN

101

3P

( BLK

)

12V

C

FC

CN

025

3P

( BLK

)

12

3

12V

AC

N021

3P

( BLU

)

12

3

13

57

13

57

13

57

12

34

56

IG1

IG2

CN

010

6P

( WH

T)

12

34

56

12

34

56

12

34

56

VG

01V

G02

PO

WER

SU

PP

LY

UN

ITC

ON

TR

OL

LIN

E

LO

AD

CB

LIN

E

Sta

rter

Moto

rP

ow

er

Supp

ly

OU

T-P

OW

CN

019

7P

( BLK

)

12

34

56

71

23

45

67

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

YEL

YEL

1 2 3 4

STR

CN

022

3P

( WH

T)

CT1

CN

063

3P

( YEL

)

1 31 3

AC

-IN

CN

002

3P

(WH

T)

1 2 3

52S

CN

028

3P

( YEL

)

12

34

12

34

RED

L

BLK

Fuel G

as V

alve

1,2

Fuel G

as B

ox

VG

01 : Inle

t Sid

eV

G02 : G

ove

rnor

Sid

e

YELWHT

CN

072

5P

( WH

T)

( BLU

)

12

34

5

12

34

5

12

34

5

M

CN

065

6P

( YEL

)

12

34

56

M

3P

( YEL

)

FM

3～

ji

hg

RS

UV

yz

g

zy

L1

CN

009

＋

BLK

BLK

FG

TM

075

＋

L2

CN

010

＋

PP

LC

N084

＋

12

34

56

12

12

BLK

L1

D1

ORG

YEL

WHT

WH

T

L2

C1

PNKYEL

N1

23

4TR

MB

LC

K(T

B1)

Ele

ctr

ical

Wirin

gD

iagr

am

12

B

B

A

DC12V

A

PNK

REDWHTBRNORGYELBLU

YELYEL

REDYELBLK

ORGBLKBRNORGBLKRED

ORGBLKPNKORGBLKYEL

REDWHTBRNORGYELBLU

REDBLKYELWHT

DC12V/0V

DC180V/0V

GND

GND

DC180V/0V

hi

j

B

B

A

DC12V

DC12V

A

DC

12V

/0V

PN

KC

N085

＋D

C12V

/0V

AC

-IN

2C

N013

4P

( BLU

)

1 4

AC

11V

/0V

SIG

OC

1 3 1 3

1 3

CN

045

4P

( WH

T)SIG

C-M

CN

020

3P

( RED

)

AC

230V

/0V

AC

230V

/0V

AC

200V

/0V

52S

24

6

SB

A2

A1

13

5

BR

AN

CH

LIN

E

TR

MB

LC

K(T

B2)

Ext

ern

alO

pera

teP

um

pO

ut

put

5P

-6

( BLK

)6P

-3

( RED

)3P

-7

12

12

( YEL

)2P

-2

( WH

T)4P

-2

Exp

ansi

on

Val

ve

Fuel G

asA

djust

ment

Val

ve

（Engine)

Engi

ne O

ilP

ress

ure

SW

Sta

rter

(First

Cyl

inde

r)

(Second

Cyl

inde

r)

Cam

Angl

eSenso

r

Cra

nk

Angl

e S

enso

r

Thro

ttle

Val

ve(T

hird

Cyl

inde

r)

(Fore

th C

ylin

der)

32

1

32

1

CN

074

5P

( BLU

)

( BLK

)( B

LK)

12

34

5

12

34

5

12

34

5

M

B

B

A

DC12V

A

5P

-5C

oolin

g W

ater

3W

AY M

oto

r V

alve

CN

070

5P

( YEL

)

( RED

)

12

34

5

12

34

5

12

34

5

M

B

B

A

DC12V

A

B

B

A

DC12V

A

DC5V

B

B

A

DC12V

A

B

B

A

DC12V

A

63Q

2TH

-G

r1TH

-G

r2C

N021

3P

( RED

)

13

13

13

13

13

BLK

GR

N

BLK

GND

SIG

5P

-4

Lig

uid

Val

ve

REDBLKYELWHT

CN

069

5P

( GR

N)

( WH

T)

12

34

5

12

34

5

12

34

5

M

5P

-3

By-

Pas

sV

alve

FB

VG

CN

043

3P

( BLK

)

7P

( RED

)

( BLK

)( W

HT)

1P

-1

CN

001

5P

( BLK

)

12

34

5

Fan

Moto

r 1

WH

T

WH

T

WH

T

CL

DC12V/0V

TH

15

CN

040

13

t°

GR

Y

GND

SIGTH

15

VR

RC

N033

3P

( WH

T)

13AC200V/0V

AC200V/0V

OP

MC

N032

3P

( GR

N)

13DC90V/0V

63P

HFM

1P

.D.1

FM

2P

.D.2

CN

014

4P

( WH

T)

14AC200V/0V

Exp

ansi

on

Val

ve1-1

Exp

ansi

on

Val

ve1-2

( WH

T)

12

34

5

12

34

5

M

5P

-2

16P

( WH

T)C

N086

12

34

56

78

910

10P

( WH

T)C

N089

12

34

5

ORGREDYELBLKGRY

ORGREDYELBLKGRY

ORGREDYELBLKGRY

ORGREDYELBLKGRY

BRNWHTGRNGRYYEL

ORGREDYELBLKGRY

DC12V/0V

DC12V

DC12V/0V

DC12V/0V

DC12V

DC7V

BLU

RED

WHTWHTPNKPPL

REDWHTBLK

REDWHTBLKBRNORG

YEL

WHT

GRY

ORGBLK

WHT

PNK

REDBRNBLKREDORGBLK

BLKBLKRED

BLU

WHT

GRY

REDBLK

BLKBLK

ORG

BRN

RED

BLU

BLUBLU

REDYELBLKGRY

REDYELBLKGRY

REDYELBLKGRY

RED

RED

YEL

YEL

YEL

BLK

BLK

GRY

BRNWHTBLUGRY

GRY

ORG

ORG

ORG

ORG

ORG

WHT

WHTWHT

GRY

ORG

BRN

RED

GND

CN

006

3P

( BLK

)

12

3

REDWHTBLK

GRYPNK

BLUYEL

GRN/YELORG

REDWHTBLK

REDWHTBLK

GRYPNK

BLUYEL

ORG

BLKBLK

REDWHTBLK

BRN

BLUWHT

REDRED

BLKWHTREDWHT

RED

RED

BLK

BRN

WHT

WHT

BRN

WHT

WHT

BLU

BLU

BLK

BLK

RED

WHT

RED

BLKRED

GRY

DC12V/0V

DC12V/0V

DC12V/0V

12

34

5

M

5P

-1

( BLK

)

SIG

12V

CC

N006

3P

( BLK

)3P

( BLK

)

GND

DC12V

DC5V

GND

SIG

32

1

32

1

3P

-5

( BLK

)3P

-4

( BLK

)3P

-9

( GR

Y)3P

-10

( GR

Y)3P

-11

+G IG1

IB+

G IG2

IB

Refr

igera

nt

Low

Pre

ssure

Senso

r

Refr

igera

nt

Hig

h P

ress

ure

Senso

r

3P

( RED

)

CH

CN

035

13

3P

( OR

G)

Coolin

gW

ater

Pum

pM

oto

r

Refr

igera

nt

Hig

hP

resu

reSW

Clu

tch

Coil

Dra

inFilt

er

Heat

er

1

Dra

inFilt

er

Heat

er

2

AC

XF22-07050

MA

IN P

RIN

TED

CKT B

D A

SSY

PO

WER

PR

INTED

CKT B

D A

SSY

GND

DC12V

SIG

GND

DC12V

SIG

GND

DC12V

SIG

IG3

IG4

CN

011

6P

( BLK

)6P

( BLK

)

12

34

56

12

34

56

12

34

56

( BLU

)6P

-4

12

34

56

12

34

56

6P

-2

( GR

Y)3P

-12

( GR

Y)3P

-13

+G IG3

IB+

G IG4

IB

GND

DC12V

SIG

GND

DC12V

SIG

(RED

)

63Q

CN

012

13

Nam

eSym

bol

Hot

Wat

er

Inle

t Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r

TH

1C

om

press

or

Inle

t Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r

Com

press

or

Outlet

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

2

Cat

alys

t Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

9

Hot

Wat

er

Outlet

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

10

Oil

Leve

l M

eas

ure

ment

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

11

TH

12

TH

14

TH

15

Heat

Exc

han

ger

Inle

t Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

3

Coolin

g W

ater

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

rTH

6

Outd

oor

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r

Exh

aust

Gas

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r

TH

7

TH

8

Reac

tor

1L1

Reac

tor

2L2

Clu

tch C

oil

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r 2

Clu

tch C

oil

Tem

pera

ture

Senso

r

Ignitio

n C

oil 1～

4IG

1～

4

Nam

eSym

bol

Circuit B

reak

er

Nois

e F

ilter

1

Nois

e F

ilter

2

Nois

e F

ilter

3

NF1

NF2

NF3

CB

C1

C2

Dio

de 1

D1

Dio

de 2

D2

Cap

acitor

1

Cap

acitor

2

Cap

acitor

3C

3

CN

073

5P

( RED

)

12

34

5

12

34

5

12

34

5

BRNWHTGRNGRYYEL

M

B

B

A

DC12V

DC12V

DC12V/0V

A

(BLK

)5P

-7

Hot

Wat

er

3W

AY M

oto

r V

alve

Oil

Byp

ass

Val

ve

CA

MC

N016

3P

( BR

N)

13

12

12

CN

066

3P

( RED

)

12

34

56

MSTR

REDWHTBRNORGYELBLU

BLUBRN

REDYELBLK

12

3

12

3

12

3

REDBLUBLK

(WH

T)3P

-6

( GR

N)

3P

-8

GND

DC12V

SIG

CR

AC

N015

3P

( WH

T)

REDBLUBLK

REDBLKWHTREDBLKWHT

REDBLKWHTREDBLKWHT

REDWHTBRNORGYELBLU

B

B

A

DC12V

DC12V

A

12

34

56

12

34

56

6P

-1

( RED

)( W

HT)

2P

-18

GND

DC5V/0VFG

LP

CN

040

3P

( GR

N)

FC

AC

200V

/0V

RED

RED

BP

V

FC SIG

PM

3～ PM

CN

023

3P

( RED

)

12

3

AC200V/0V

AC200V/0V

FM

3～

CN

005

5P

( BLK

)

12

34

51

23

4

Fan

Moto

r 2

CN

007

3P

( BLK

)

12

3

CL

11

( WH

T)1P

-2

CL2

CN

008

4P

( YEL

)

DC12V/0V

Clu

tch

Coil

2

CL2

12

12

( WH

T)2P

-3

Cra

nk

Cas

eH

eat

er

12

12

( GR

N)

2P

-4

( RED

)2P

-14t°

TH

8

12

12

t°

TH

7

( GR

Y)2P

-12t°

TH

6

12

12

SIG

GND

12

34

56

78

910

11

12

13

14

15

16

16P

( BLK

)C

N091

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

t°

TH

11

t°

TH

12

( RED

)2P

-11

( WH

T)2P

-10

( BLU

)2P

-9

( RED

)2P

-8

( BLK

)2P

-7

t°

TH

14

12

12

t°

TH

10

34

34

t°

TH

9

12

12

t°

TH

3

12

12

t°

TH

2

12

12

t°

TH

1

12

12

RTV

2C

N027

13

3P

( BLK

)

OR

VR

OB

VC

N017

13AC200V/0V

12

12

( WH

T)2P

-5

YEL

YEL

12

12

( RED

)2P

-15

RTV

1ED

HC

N004

3P

-3

12

3

12

3

( BLK

)3P

-2

( BLK

)2P

-17

BR

Ne

15

34

BR

Nf

WHT

WHT

Oil

Pum

p

OP

M

REDWHTBLK

12

3

12

3

( BLK

)3P

-1

N/P

CN

013

3P

( WH

T)

12

3

OU

T-R

AY

9P

( WH

T)C

N018

12

34

56

78

9

BRNWHTBLUGRYYEL

AC

OU

TC

N015

4P

( BLU

)

14

4-W

AY

Val

ve

20S

HESV

CN

016

3P

( RED

)

NF2

4 213

Nois

eFilt

er2

RED

GRN

WHT

BLK

RED

WHT

NF3

4

21

3

Nois

eFilt

er3

BRN

BLU

BRN

BLU

NF1

4 213

Nois

eFilt

er1

RED

GRN

RED

WHT

WHT

WH

T

VA

12

Var

isto

rTR

MB

LC

K(T

B4)

AL

Surg

eA

bsorb

er

WH

TR

ED

TR

MB

LC

K(T

B3)

BLU WHTWHTBRN

YELREDBLK B

RN

C2

C3

PNK

PNK

CT

BLK

RED

GRY

FC

BRN

LT BLU

GRN/YEL

YEL

YEL

feB

RN

BR

N

ba

ba

GRN/YEL

GRN/YEL

FC

FC

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

(BLK

)4P

-1

12

12

BLKBLK

(BLK

)2P

-16

12

12

BLKBLK

(WH

T)2P

-13

12

12

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

REDRED

GRN

Fuel G

as L

Pre

ssure

SW

12

12

( WH

T)2P

-6

BR

NB

LU

BLK

D2

Oil

Recove

ryV

alve

Outdoor Unit 4. Wiring Diagram

Ｂ－8

��

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

�

��

Outdoor Unit 4. Wiring Diagram

(2)U-10MES2E8

Ｂ－9

Outdoor Unit 5. Performance Characteristics

①U-20GES3E5 [56.0 kW type]1) Cooling capacityCapacity ratio: 130% (Total capacity of indoor units: 72.8 kW) Cooling capacity characteristics (Unit: %)

Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)

Indoor air intake temp. (ºCWB)

16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 98.3 90.0 107.4 95.9 110.7 96.9 113.4 99.0 116.1 101.3 116.7 101.85 97.8 90.1 106.9 96.1 110.2 97.1 112.8 99.2 115.6 101.5 116.2 102.0

10 97.3 90.4 106.4 96.4 109.6 97.4 112.3 99.5 115.0 101.8 115.6 102.315 96.9 90.9 105.8 96.9 109.1 97.9 111.7 100.0 114.4 102.4 115.0 102.920 96.4 91.3 105.3 97.4 108.5 98.4 111.2 100.5 113.9 102.9 114.5 103.425 95.9 91.8 104.8 97.9 108.0 98.9 110.6 101.0 113.3 103.4 113.9 103.930 95.9 94.8 104.8 101.1 108.0 102.4 110.7 104.7 113.3 107.0 113.9 107.635 95.9 98.4 104.8 105.0 108.0 106.5 110.6 108.6 113.3 111.3 113.9 111.940 91.2 104.2 97.7 112.7 101.0 116.7 103.5 119.7 106.1 122.8 106.7 124.0

Capacity ratio: 100% (Total capacity of indoor units: 56.0 kW) Cooling capacity characteristics (Unit: %)

Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)


16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 91.0 84.5 99.4 90.1 102.5 91.0 105.0 92.9 107.5 95.2 108.1 95.65 90.6 84.6 98.9 90.2 102.0 91.2 104.4 93.1 107.0 95.4 107.6 95.8

10 90.1 84.9 98.5 90.5 101.5 91.5 103.9 93.4 106.5 95.6 107.1 96.115 89.7 85.3 98.0 91.0 101.0 92.0 103.4 93.9 105.9 96.1 106.6 96.620 89.2 85.8 97.5 91.4 100.5 92.4 102.9 94.3 105.4 96.6 106.0 97.125 88.8 86.2 97.0 91.9 100.0 92.9 102.4 94.8 104.9 97.1 105.5 97.630 88.8 89.0 97.0 94.9 100.0 96.1 102.5 98.3 104.9 100.5 105.5 101.135 88.8 92.4 97.0 98.6 100.0 100.0 102.4 102.0 104.9 104.5 105.5 105.140 84.5 97.8 90.4 105.8 93.6 109.5 95.9 112.4 98.2 115.4 98.9 116.5


Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)


16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 72.8 50.8 79.5 54.2 82.0 54.7 83.9 55.9 86.0 57.3 86.5 57.55 72.4 50.9 79.2 54.3 81.6 54.8 83.5 56.0 85.6 57.4 86.1 57.6

10 72.1 51.0 78.8 54.5 81.2 55.0 83.1 56.2 85.2 57.5 85.7 57.815 71.7 51.3 78.4 54.7 80.8 55.3 82.7 56.5 84.7 57.8 85.2 58.120 71.4 51.6 78.0 55.0 80.4 55.6 82.3 56.8 84.3 58.1 84.8 58.425 71.0 51.8 77.6 55.3 80.0 55.9 81.9 57.0 83.9 58.4 84.4 58.730 71.0 53.5 77.6 57.1 80.0 57.8 82.0 59.1 83.9 60.4 84.4 60.835 71.0 55.6 77.6 59.2 80.0 60.2 81.9 61.4 83.9 62.8 84.4 63.240 67.6 58.8 72.4 63.6 74.9 65.8 76.7 67.6 78.6 69.4 79.1 70.1

(a) Capacity(b) Gas consumption

Ｂ－10


[56.0 kW type]


Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)


16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 63.8 38.9 69.6 41.5 71.8 42.0 73.5 42.8 75.2 43.9 75.7 44.25 63.4 39.0 69.3 41.6 71.4 42.1 73.1 42.9 74.9 44.0 75.4 44.2

10 63.1 39.1 68.9 41.7 71.1 42.3 72.8 43.1 74.5 44.1 75.0 44.415 62.8 39.3 68.6 41.9 70.7 42.5 72.4 43.3 74.1 44.3 74.6 44.620 62.5 39.5 68.2 42.1 70.4 42.7 72.1 43.5 73.8 44.6 74.3 44.825 62.2 39.7 67.9 42.4 70.0 42.9 71.7 43.7 73.4 44.8 73.9 45.130 62.2 41.1 67.9 43.8 70.0 44.3 71.7 45.3 73.4 46.3 73.9 46.635 62.2 42.6 67.9 45.5 70.0 46.1 71.7 47.0 73.4 48.2 73.9 48.540 59.2 45.1 63.3 48.8 65.4 50.6 67.1 51.9 68.7 53.2 69.3 53.8


Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)


16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 54.6 28.7 59.7 30.7 61.5 31.0 62.9 31.6 64.5 32.4 64.9 32.65 54.4 28.8 59.4 30.7 61.2 31.1 62.6 31.6 64.2 32.5 64.6 32.6

10 54.1 28.9 59.1 30.8 60.9 31.2 62.3 31.7 63.8 32.6 64.2 32.715 53.8 29.0 58.8 31.0 60.6 31.3 62.0 31.9 63.5 32.7 63.9 32.920 53.6 29.2 58.5 31.1 60.3 31.5 61.7 32.1 63.2 32.9 63.6 33.125 53.3 29.3 58.2 31.3 60.0 31.6 61.4 32.2 62.9 33.1 63.3 33.230 53.3 30.3 58.2 32.3 60.0 32.7 61.5 33.4 62.9 34.1 63.3 34.435 53.3 31.5 58.2 33.6 60.0 34.1 61.4 34.7 62.9 35.6 63.3 35.740 50.7 33.2 54.3 36.0 56.1 37.3 57.5 38.3 58.9 39.2 59.3 39.6


Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)


16 18 19 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 45.5 20.5 49.7 21.8 51.3 22.1 52.5 22.5 53.8 23.1 54.1 23.25 45.3 20.5 49.5 21.9 51.0 22.1 52.2 22.5 53.6 23.1 53.9 23.2

10 45.1 20.6 49.2 21.9 50.8 22.2 52.0 22.6 53.3 23.2 53.6 23.315 44.8 20.7 49.0 22.1 50.5 22.3 51.7 22.7 53.0 23.3 53.3 23.420 44.6 20.8 48.7 22.2 50.3 22.4 51.5 22.8 52.8 23.4 53.1 23.525 44.4 20.9 48.5 22.3 50.0 22.5 51.2 23.0 52.5 23.6 52.8 23.630 44.4 21.6 48.5 23.0 50.0 23.3 51.3 23.8 52.5 24.4 52.8 24.535 44.4 22.4 48.5 23.9 50.0 24.2 51.2 24.7 52.5 25.3 52.8 25.540 42.3 23.8 45.3 25.6 46.8 26.6 48.0 27.3 49.2 28.0 49.5 28.2


Ｂ－11


[56.0 kW type]2) Heating capacityCapacity ratio: 130% (Total capacity of indoor units: 72.8 kW) Heating capacity characteristics (Unit: %)

Outdoor air intake temp.

(°CDB) (°CWB)

Indoor air intake temp. (ºCDB)16 18 20 22 24

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 62.8 92.6 69.5 102.5 76.2 112.3 76.8 113.2 77.4 114.1-10 -10.5 70.7 99.1 77.4 108.5 84.1 117.9 84.7 118.7 85.4 119.6-7 -7.6 75.9 99.9 82.6 109.2 89.3 118.5 89.9 119.4 90.6 120.42 1.2 91.7 101.9 110.8 105.1 120.0 105.8 121.1 106.4 122.67 6 100.9 102.8 107.6 109.2 114.3 115.6 115.0 115.9 115.6 115.8

10 8.8 100.9 100.7 107.6 107.0 114.3 113.2 115.0 113.5 115.6 113.515 13.7 100.9 97.2 107.6 103.3 114.3 115.0 109.6 115.6 109.620 15 100.9 96.3 107.6 102.3 114.3 115.0 108.6 115.6 108.6

Capacity ratio: 100% (Total capacity of indoor units: 56.0 kW) Heating capacity characteristics (Unit: %)


(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 62.8 92.6 69.5 102.5 76.2 112.3 76.8 113.2 77.4 114.1-10 -10.5 70.7 99.1 77.4 108.5 84.1 117.9 81.9 114.9 79.3 112.5-7 -7.6 75.9 99.9 82.6 109.2 89.3 118.5 82.8 114.9 80.2 112.52 1.2 91.7 101.9 98.4 110.8 105.1 120.0 103.4 123.5 100.1 124.27 6 100.9 102.8 100.4 102.1 100.0 100.0 97.4 101.6 94.4 100.6

10 8.8 100.9 100.7 100.4 100.1 100.0 98.0 97.4 99.6 94.4 98.615 13.7 100.9 97.2 100.4 98.4 100.0 96.3 97.4 97.7 94.4 96.920 15 100.9 96.3 100.4 98.0 100.0 95.9 97.4 97.3 94.4 96.5



(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 62.8 92.6 62.0 89.3 61.7 88.8 59.4 85.5 56.8 81.5-10 -10.5 64.4 72.9 63.3 71.5 62.9 71.1 60.6 69.2 57.9 66.7-7 -7.6 65.1 72.9 64.0 71.6 63.6 71.1 61.3 69.2 58.6 66.72 1.2 87.5 77.2 86.1 74.6 85.6 73.2 82.5 73.9 78.8 73.17 6 81.8 61.0 80.3 60.0 80.0 58.8 77.9 59.7 75.5 59.5

10 8.8 81.8 59.8 80.3 58.9 80.0 57.6 77.9 58.5 75.5 58.115 13.7 81.8 58.6 80.3 57.9 80.0 56.6 77.9 57.6 75.5 57.020 15 81.8 58.4 80.3 57.7 80.0 56.4 77.9 57.3 75.5 56.8


98.4

109.3108.3

Ｂ－12


[56.0 kW type]



(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 55.2 76.0 54.2 73.5 54.0 73.2 52.1 70.8 49.7 67.7-10 -10.5 56.2 64.9 55.3 63.7 55.1 63.5 53.1 61.8 50.7 59.5-7 -7.6 56.9 65.0 55.9 63.7 55.7 63.5 53.7 61.8 51.3 59.52 1.2 76.1 66.7 75.0 64.5 74.4 63.2 71.8 63.8 68.6 63.17 6 71.6 53.7 70.3 52.8 70.0 51.7 68.2 52.5 66.1 52.2

10 8.8 71.6 52.5 70.3 51.7 70.0 50.6 68.2 51.5 66.1 51.115 13.7 71.6 51.6 70.3 50.9 70.0 49.8 68.2 50.6 66.1 50.020 15 71.6 51.4 70.3 50.7 70.0 49.6 68.2 50.4 66.1 49.8



(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 47.3 60.0 46.4 58.5 46.2 58.2 44.5 56.4 42.7 54.4-10 -10.5 48.2 57.2 47.4 56.0 47.2 55.7 45.4 54.2 43.5 52.3-7 -7.6 48.8 57.2 47.9 56.1 47.7 55.8 45.9 54.2 44.0 52.32 1.2 65.5 56.9 64.5 55.0 64.2 54.1 61.8 54.4 59.2 53.87 6 61.4 46.3 60.2 45.4 60.0 44.6 58.4 45.3 56.6 44.9

10 8.8 61.4 45.3 60.2 44.6 60.0 43.6 58.4 44.3 56.6 43.915 13.7 61.4 44.6 60.2 43.9 60.0 42.9 58.4 43.6 56.6 43.020 15 61.4 44.4 60.2 43.7 60.0 42.8 58.4 43.4 56.6 42.8



(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 39.4 48.0 38.7 47.1 38.6 46.9 37.1 45.6 35.6 44.0-10 -10.5 40.1 48.2 39.4 47.3 39.3 47.1 37.9 45.8 36.3 44.2-7 -7.6 40.6 48.2 39.9 47.3 39.8 47.1 38.3 45.8 36.7 44.22 1.2 54.7 47.2 53.9 45.8 53.5 44.9 51.5 45.1 49.3 44.67 6 51.2 38.7 50.2 38.0 50.0 37.3 48.7 37.9 47.2 37.5

10 8.8 51.2 37.9 50.2 37.3 50.0 36.5 48.7 37.1 47.2 36.715 13.7 51.2 37.3 50.2 36.7 50.0 35.9 48.7 36.5 47.2 36.020 15 51.2 37.1 50.2 36.5 50.0 35.7 48.7 36.3 47.2 35.8


Ｂ－13


Capacity Ratio 30-130% TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)

Combination:Indoor/outdoorcapacity ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB

Indoor air temp. : °CWB14.0 16.0 18.0 19.0 21.0 23.0 25.0

TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PIkW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

130%

-10.0 24.3 2.88 29.1 3.45 30.1 3.58 30.1 3.58 34.1 4.05 38.1 4.53 42.1 5.00-5.0 24.3 2.88 29.1 3.46 30.1 3.58 30.1 3.58 34.1 4.06 38.1 4.53 42.1 5.010.0 24.3 2.88 29.1 3.46 30.1 3.58 30.1 3.58 34.1 4.06 38.1 4.54 42.1 5.015.0 24.3 2.89 29.1 3.47 30.1 3.59 30.1 3.59 34.1 4.07 38.1 4.55 42.1 5.02

10.0 24.3 2.90 29.1 3.47 30.1 3.60 30.1 3.60 34.1 4.09 38.1 4.58 42.1 5.0615.0 24.3 2.90 29.1 3.49 30.1 3.65 30.1 3.65 34.1 4.16 38.1 4.67 42.1 5.1620.0 24.3 2.97 29.1 3.60 30.1 3.83 30.1 3.83 34.1 4.39 38.1 5.14 42.1 5.9825.0 24.3 3.36 29.1 4.20 30.1 4.71 30.1 4.71 34.1 5.58 38.1 6.53 42.1 7.5530.0 24.3 4.23 29.1 5.26 30.1 5.85 30.1 5.85 34.1 6.89 38.1 8.02 41.7 8.9735.0 24.3 5.16 29.1 6.41 30.1 7.06 30.1 7.06 34.1 8.30 36.9 8.97 38.5 8.9740.0 24.3 6.17 29.1 7.64 30.1 8.38 30.1 8.38 32.6 8.97 34.0 8.97 35.5 8.9743.0 24.3 6.81 29.1 8.42 29.6 8.97 29.6 8.97 31.0 8.97 32.3 8.80 33.1 8.4146.0 24.0 6.84 24.2 6.84 24.2 6.84 24.2 6.84 25.0 6.58 26.0 6.39 27.2 6.2452.0 10.1 2.66 10.7 2.66 10.7 2.66 10.7 2.66 11.9 2.76 13.2 2.86 14.6 2.97


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



120%

-10.0 22.4 2.66 26.9 3.19 29.4 3.49 29.4 3.49 33.3 3.96 37.2 4.42 41.2 4.89-5.0 22.4 2.66 26.9 3.19 29.4 3.50 29.4 3.50 33.3 3.96 37.2 4.43 41.2 4.890.0 22.4 2.66 26.9 3.20 29.4 3.50 29.4 3.50 33.3 3.97 37.2 4.43 41.2 4.905.0 22.4 2.67 26.9 3.20 29.4 3.51 29.4 3.51 33.3 3.97 37.2 4.44 41.2 4.91

10.0 22.4 2.68 26.9 3.21 29.4 3.52 29.4 3.52 33.3 3.99 37.2 4.47 41.2 4.9415.0 22.4 2.68 26.9 3.23 29.4 3.56 29.4 3.56 33.3 4.06 37.2 4.56 41.2 5.0420.0 22.4 2.74 26.9 3.33 29.4 3.73 29.4 3.73 33.3 4.28 37.2 4.95 41.2 5.7525.0 22.4 3.11 26.9 3.87 29.4 4.56 29.4 4.56 33.3 5.39 37.2 6.30 41.2 7.2730.0 22.4 3.91 26.9 4.85 29.4 5.66 29.4 5.66 33.3 6.67 37.2 7.75 41.2 8.9035.0 22.4 4.76 26.9 5.90 29.4 6.84 29.4 6.84 33.3 8.04 36.6 8.97 38.1 8.9740.0 22.4 5.69 26.9 7.03 29.4 8.12 29.4 8.12 32.3 8.97 33.7 8.97 35.2 8.9743.0 22.4 6.28 26.9 7.75 29.4 8.94 29.4 8.94 30.8 8.97 32.1 8.86 32.9 8.4446.0 22.2 6.83 24.0 6.86 24.0 6.86 24.0 6.86 24.8 6.59 25.7 6.37 26.8 6.2152.0 9.4 2.62 10.3 2.62 10.5 2.62 10.5 2.62 11.6 2.70 12.9 2.80 14.2 2.89


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



110%

-10.0 20.5 2.44 24.6 2.93 28.7 3.41 28.7 3.41 32.5 3.86 36.4 4.32 40.2 4.77-5.0 20.5 2.44 24.6 2.93 28.7 3.41 28.7 3.41 32.5 3.87 36.4 4.32 40.2 4.780.0 20.5 2.44 24.6 2.93 28.7 3.42 28.7 3.42 32.5 3.87 36.4 4.33 40.2 4.785.0 20.5 2.45 24.6 2.94 28.7 3.42 28.7 3.42 32.5 3.88 36.4 4.33 40.2 4.79

10.0 20.5 2.45 24.6 2.94 28.7 3.43 28.7 3.43 32.5 3.89 36.4 4.36 40.2 4.8215.0 20.5 2.46 24.6 2.96 28.7 3.47 28.7 3.47 32.5 3.96 36.4 4.45 40.2 4.9220.0 20.5 2.51 24.6 3.05 28.7 3.63 28.7 3.63 32.5 4.16 36.4 4.76 40.2 5.5325.0 20.5 2.86 24.6 3.54 28.7 4.41 28.7 4.41 32.5 5.21 36.4 6.07 40.2 7.0030.0 20.5 3.59 24.6 4.44 28.7 5.48 28.7 5.48 32.5 6.44 36.4 7.48 40.2 8.5835.0 20.5 4.37 24.6 5.40 28.7 6.62 28.7 6.62 32.5 7.77 36.3 8.95 37.8 8.9740.0 20.5 5.22 24.6 6.43 28.7 7.87 28.7 7.87 32.1 8.97 33.5 8.97 34.9 8.9743.0 20.5 5.75 24.6 7.09 28.7 8.67 28.7 8.67 30.5 8.97 31.9 8.93 32.6 8.4846.0 20.3 6.26 23.9 6.89 23.9 6.89 23.9 6.89 24.6 6.60 25.5 6.36 26.5 6.1852.0 8.7 2.58 9.6 2.58 10.3 2.58 10.3 2.58 11.4 2.65 12.6 2.74 13.9 2.82


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100%

-10.0 18.7 2.22 22.4 2.66 26.1 3.10 28.0 3.33 31.7 3.77 35.5 4.21 39.2 4.66-5.0 18.7 2.22 22.4 2.66 26.1 3.11 28.0 3.33 31.7 3.77 35.5 4.22 39.2 4.660.0 18.7 2.22 22.4 2.67 26.1 3.11 28.0 3.33 31.7 3.78 35.5 4.22 39.2 4.675.0 18.7 2.23 22.4 2.67 26.1 3.12 28.0 3.34 31.7 3.78 35.5 4.23 39.2 4.67

10.0 18.7 2.23 22.4 2.68 26.1 3.12 28.0 3.35 31.7 3.80 35.5 4.25 39.2 4.7015.0 18.7 2.24 22.4 2.69 26.1 3.15 28.0 3.38 31.7 3.86 35.5 4.33 39.2 4.8020.0 18.7 2.29 22.4 2.78 26.1 3.28 28.0 3.53 31.7 4.05 35.5 4.58 39.2 5.3125.0 18.7 2.61 22.4 3.22 26.1 3.90 28.0 4.26 31.7 5.02 35.5 5.85 39.2 6.7430.0 18.7 3.27 22.4 4.03 26.1 4.86 28.0 5.30 31.7 6.22 35.5 7.21 39.2 8.2735.0 18.7 3.98 22.4 4.90 26.1 5.89 28.0 6.41 31.7 7.51 35.5 8.68 37.5 8.9740.0 18.7 4.75 22.4 5.84 26.1 7.01 28.0 7.62 31.7 8.91 33.2 8.97 34.6 8.9743.0 18.7 5.23 22.4 6.43 26.1 7.72 28.0 8.39 30.3 8.97 31.7 8.97 32.4 8.5346.0 18.5 5.69 22.2 7.00 23.6 7.12 23.8 6.93 24.4 6.61 25.3 6.36 26.2 6.1652.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76

* Use the ab ve table when choosing the model of outdoor unit.

②U-10MES2E8 (Cooling)1) Cooling capacity

Ｂ－14




Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



90%

-10.0 16.8 2.00 20.2 2.40 23.5 2.79 25.2 2.99 28.6 3.39 31.9 3.79 35.3 4.19-5.0 16.8 2.00 20.2 2.40 23.5 2.80 25.2 3.00 28.6 3.40 31.9 3.80 35.3 4.200.0 16.8 2.00 20.2 2.40 23.5 2.80 25.2 3.00 28.6 3.40 31.9 3.80 35.3 4.205.0 16.8 2.01 20.2 2.41 23.5 2.81 25.2 3.01 28.6 3.41 31.9 3.81 35.3 4.21

10.0 16.8 2.01 20.2 2.41 23.5 2.81 25.2 3.01 28.6 3.41 31.9 3.82 35.3 4.2315.0 16.8 2.02 20.2 2.42 23.5 2.83 25.2 3.03 28.6 3.45 31.9 3.88 35.3 4.3020.0 16.8 2.05 20.2 2.48 23.5 2.92 25.2 3.14 28.6 3.60 31.9 4.06 35.3 4.5225.0 16.8 2.31 20.2 2.83 23.5 3.39 25.2 3.69 28.6 4.32 31.9 5.01 35.3 5.7430.0 16.8 2.90 20.2 3.55 23.5 4.24 25.2 4.61 28.6 5.38 31.9 6.21 35.3 7.0835.0 16.8 3.53 20.2 4.32 23.5 5.16 25.2 5.59 28.6 6.52 31.9 7.50 35.3 8.5340.0 16.8 4.21 20.2 5.14 23.5 6.14 25.2 6.66 28.6 7.74 31.9 8.89 33.4 8.9743.0 16.8 4.64 20.2 5.67 23.5 6.77 25.2 7.34 28.6 8.53 30.5 8.97 31.7 8.8646.0 16.6 5.05 20.0 6.17 23.3 7.36 23.4 7.14 23.9 6.74 24.4 6.41 25.1 6.1452.0 7.7 2.38 8.3 2.37 8.9 2.38 9.3 2.39 10.1 2.42 11.1 2.46 12.1 2.50


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



80%

-10.0 14.9 1.78 17.9 2.13 20.9 2.48 22.4 2.66 25.4 3.02 28.4 3.37 31.4 3.73-5.0 14.9 1.78 17.9 2.13 20.9 2.49 22.4 2.66 25.4 3.02 28.4 3.38 31.4 3.730.0 14.9 1.78 17.9 2.13 20.9 2.49 22.4 2.67 25.4 3.02 28.4 3.38 31.4 3.745.0 14.9 1.78 17.9 2.14 20.9 2.50 22.4 2.67 25.4 3.03 28.4 3.39 31.4 3.74

10.0 14.9 1.79 17.9 2.15 20.9 2.50 22.4 2.68 25.4 3.04 28.4 3.39 31.4 3.7515.0 14.9 1.80 17.9 2.15 20.9 2.51 22.4 2.69 25.4 3.06 28.4 3.43 31.4 3.8020.0 14.9 1.81 17.9 2.19 20.9 2.57 22.4 2.76 25.4 3.16 28.4 3.56 31.4 3.9725.0 14.9 2.00 17.9 2.46 20.9 2.92 22.4 3.17 25.4 3.68 28.4 4.23 31.4 4.8230.0 14.9 2.54 17.9 3.08 20.9 3.66 22.4 3.97 25.4 4.60 28.4 5.28 31.4 5.9935.0 14.9 3.10 17.9 3.76 20.9 4.46 22.4 4.82 25.4 5.59 28.4 6.39 31.4 7.2440.0 14.9 3.69 17.9 4.49 20.9 5.32 22.4 5.75 25.4 6.66 28.4 7.60 31.4 8.6043.0 14.9 4.07 17.9 4.95 20.9 5.87 22.4 6.34 25.4 7.34 28.4 8.38 30.5 8.9746.0 14.8 4.43 17.7 5.38 20.7 6.38 22.2 6.90 23.5 7.02 23.8 6.60 24.3 6.2552.0 7.4 2.34 7.8 2.29 8.4 2.27 8.6 2.27 9.3 2.26 10.0 2.27 10.8 2.29


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



70%

-10.0 13.1 1.55 15.7 1.86 18.3 2.17 19.6 2.33 22.2 2.64 24.8 2.95 27.4 3.26-5.0 13.1 1.56 15.7 1.87 18.3 2.18 19.6 2.33 22.2 2.64 24.8 2.95 27.4 3.260.0 13.1 1.56 15.7 1.87 18.3 2.18 19.6 2.34 22.2 2.65 24.8 2.96 27.4 3.275.0 13.1 1.56 15.7 1.87 18.3 2.18 19.6 2.34 22.2 2.65 24.8 2.96 27.4 3.27

10.0 13.1 1.57 15.7 1.88 18.3 2.19 19.6 2.35 22.2 2.66 24.8 2.97 27.4 3.2815.0 13.1 1.57 15.7 1.89 18.3 2.20 19.6 2.35 22.2 2.67 24.8 2.99 27.4 3.3120.0 13.1 1.58 15.7 1.90 18.3 2.23 19.6 2.40 22.2 2.73 24.8 3.08 27.4 3.4225.0 13.1 1.71 15.7 2.10 18.3 2.49 19.6 2.68 22.2 3.09 24.8 3.53 27.4 3.9930.0 13.1 2.21 15.7 2.65 18.3 3.12 19.6 3.37 22.2 3.88 24.8 4.42 27.4 4.9935.0 13.1 2.69 15.7 3.23 18.3 3.81 19.6 4.10 22.2 4.73 24.8 5.38 27.4 6.0640.0 13.1 3.20 15.7 3.86 18.3 4.55 19.6 4.90 22.2 5.64 24.8 6.41 27.4 7.2143.0 13.1 3.53 15.7 4.26 18.3 5.02 19.6 5.41 22.2 6.22 24.8 7.07 27.4 7.9546.0 12.9 3.84 15.5 4.63 18.1 5.46 19.4 5.89 22.0 6.77 23.4 7.00 23.7 6.5552.0 7.2 2.33 7.5 2.25 7.9 2.20 8.1 2.18 8.5 2.14 9.1 2.12 9.7 2.11


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



60%

-10.0 11.2 1.33 13.4 1.60 15.7 1.86 16.8 2.00 19.0 2.26 21.3 2.53 23.5 2.80-5.0 11.2 1.33 13.4 1.60 15.7 1.87 16.8 2.00 19.0 2.27 21.3 2.53 23.5 2.800.0 11.2 1.34 13.4 1.60 15.7 1.87 16.8 2.00 19.0 2.27 21.3 2.54 23.5 2.805.0 11.2 1.34 13.4 1.61 15.7 1.87 16.8 2.01 19.0 2.27 21.3 2.54 23.5 2.81

10.0 11.2 1.34 13.4 1.61 15.7 1.88 16.8 2.01 19.0 2.28 21.3 2.55 23.5 2.8115.0 11.2 1.35 13.4 1.62 15.7 1.89 16.8 2.02 19.0 2.29 21.3 2.55 23.5 2.8320.0 11.2 1.36 13.4 1.63 15.7 1.90 16.8 2.04 19.0 2.32 21.3 2.61 23.5 2.9025.0 11.2 1.43 13.4 1.75 15.7 2.07 16.8 2.23 19.0 2.57 21.3 2.89 23.5 3.2530.0 11.2 1.89 13.4 2.25 15.7 2.62 16.8 2.82 19.0 3.22 21.3 3.64 23.5 4.0835.0 11.2 2.30 13.4 2.74 15.7 3.20 16.8 3.43 19.0 3.93 21.3 4.44 23.5 4.9740.0 11.2 2.73 13.4 3.27 15.7 3.82 16.8 4.11 19.0 4.69 21.3 5.30 23.5 5.9343.0 11.2 3.01 13.4 3.60 15.7 4.22 16.8 4.53 19.0 5.18 21.3 5.85 23.5 6.5546.0 11.1 3.27 13.3 3.92 15.5 4.59 16.6 4.93 18.8 5.64 21.1 6.37 23.3 7.1352.0 7.0 2.35 7.2 2.25 7.5 2.16 7.6 2.12 7.9 2.06 8.3 2.01 8.7 1.97


U-10MES2E8 (Cooling)

Ｂ－15




Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



50%

-10.0 9.3 1.11 11.2 1.33 13.1 1.55 14.0 1.67 15.9 1.89 17.7 2.11 19.6 2.33-5.0 9.3 1.11 11.2 1.33 13.1 1.56 14.0 1.67 15.9 1.89 17.7 2.11 19.6 2.330.0 9.3 1.11 11.2 1.34 13.1 1.56 14.0 1.67 15.9 1.89 17.7 2.11 19.6 2.345.0 9.3 1.12 11.2 1.34 13.1 1.56 14.0 1.67 15.9 1.90 17.7 2.12 19.6 2.34

10.0 9.3 1.12 11.2 1.34 13.1 1.57 14.0 1.68 15.9 1.90 17.7 2.12 19.6 2.3515.0 9.3 1.12 11.2 1.35 13.1 1.57 14.0 1.68 15.9 1.91 17.7 2.13 19.6 2.3520.0 9.3 1.13 11.2 1.36 13.1 1.58 14.0 1.69 15.9 1.92 17.7 2.15 19.6 2.3925.0 9.3 1.17 11.2 1.42 13.1 1.67 14.0 1.80 15.9 2.07 17.7 2.34 19.6 2.6030.0 9.3 1.60 11.2 1.87 13.1 2.16 14.0 2.31 15.9 2.61 17.7 2.93 19.6 3.2635.0 9.3 1.93 11.2 2.28 13.1 2.63 14.0 2.81 15.9 3.19 17.7 3.58 19.6 3.9840.0 9.3 2.29 11.2 2.71 13.1 3.14 14.0 3.36 15.9 3.82 17.7 4.28 19.6 4.7643.0 9.3 2.52 11.2 2.98 13.1 3.47 14.0 3.71 15.9 4.21 17.7 4.73 19.6 5.2646.0 9.2 2.73 11.1 3.24 12.9 3.77 13.9 4.04 15.7 4.58 17.6 5.15 19.4 5.7252.0 6.9 2.43 7.0 2.29 7.1 2.18 7.2 2.12 7.4 2.03 7.7 1.96 8.0 1.89


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



40%

-10.0 7.5 0.89 9.0 1.07 10.5 1.24 11.2 1.33 12.7 1.51 14.2 1.69 15.7 1.87-5.0 7.5 0.89 9.0 1.07 10.5 1.25 11.2 1.33 12.7 1.51 14.2 1.69 15.7 1.870.0 7.5 0.89 9.0 1.07 10.5 1.25 11.2 1.34 12.7 1.51 14.2 1.69 15.7 1.875.0 7.5 0.89 9.0 1.07 10.5 1.25 11.2 1.34 12.7 1.52 14.2 1.70 15.7 1.87

10.0 7.5 0.90 9.0 1.07 10.5 1.25 11.2 1.34 12.7 1.52 14.2 1.70 15.7 1.8815.0 7.5 0.90 9.0 1.08 10.5 1.26 11.2 1.35 12.7 1.53 14.2 1.71 15.7 1.8920.0 7.5 0.91 9.0 1.09 10.5 1.27 11.2 1.36 12.7 1.54 14.2 1.72 15.7 1.9025.0 7.5 0.92 9.0 1.11 10.5 1.30 11.2 1.40 12.7 1.60 14.2 1.81 15.7 2.0130.0 7.5 1.32 9.0 1.52 10.5 1.73 11.2 1.84 12.7 2.06 14.2 2.29 15.7 2.5235.0 7.5 1.58 9.0 1.84 10.5 2.11 11.2 2.24 12.7 2.52 14.2 2.80 15.7 3.0940.0 7.5 1.86 9.0 2.18 10.5 2.51 11.2 2.67 12.7 3.00 14.2 3.35 15.7 3.6943.0 7.5 2.04 9.0 2.40 10.5 2.76 11.2 2.94 12.7 3.31 14.2 3.69 15.7 4.0846.0 7.4 2.21 8.9 2.60 10.3 3.00 11.1 3.20 12.6 3.61 14.0 4.02 15.5 4.4452.0 6.0 2.21 6.9 2.42 6.9 2.27 7.0 2.21 7.1 2.08 7.2 1.98 7.4 1.88


Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



30%

-10.0 5.6 0.67 6.7 0.80 7.8 0.93 8.4 1.00 9.5 1.13 10.6 1.27 11.8 1.40-5.0 5.6 0.67 6.7 0.80 7.8 0.94 8.4 1.00 9.5 1.14 10.6 1.27 11.8 1.400.0 5.6 0.67 6.7 0.80 7.8 0.94 8.4 1.00 9.5 1.14 10.6 1.27 11.8 1.405.0 5.6 0.67 6.7 0.80 7.8 0.94 8.4 1.00 9.5 1.14 10.6 1.27 11.8 1.41

10.0 5.6 0.67 6.7 0.81 7.8 0.94 8.4 1.01 9.5 1.14 10.6 1.28 11.8 1.4115.0 5.6 0.68 6.7 0.81 7.8 0.95 8.4 1.01 9.5 1.15 10.6 1.28 11.8 1.4220.0 5.6 0.68 6.7 0.82 7.8 0.95 8.4 1.02 9.5 1.16 10.6 1.29 11.8 1.4325.0 5.6 0.70 6.7 0.83 7.8 0.97 8.4 1.04 9.5 1.17 10.6 1.32 11.8 1.4630.0 5.6 1.06 6.7 1.20 7.8 1.35 8.4 1.42 9.5 1.57 10.6 1.72 11.8 1.8735.0 5.6 1.25 6.7 1.44 7.8 1.62 8.4 1.71 9.5 1.90 10.6 2.09 11.8 2.2840.0 5.6 1.46 6.7 1.69 7.8 1.91 8.4 2.03 9.5 2.26 10.6 2.49 11.8 2.7243.0 5.6 1.60 6.7 1.85 7.8 2.10 8.4 2.23 9.5 2.48 10.6 2.74 11.8 3.0146.0 5.5 1.72 6.7 2.00 7.8 2.28 8.3 2.42 9.4 2.70 10.5 2.98 11.6 3.2752.0 4.5 1.72 5.4 1.99 6.4 2.27 6.8 2.41 6.9 2.29 6.9 2.14 7.0 2.01



Ｂ－16


* Use the above table when choosing the model of outdoor unit.



Outdoorair temp.

Indoor air temp. : °CDB16.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 23.0 25.0 30.0

TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI°CDB °CWB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

130%

-24.9 -25.0 15.9 6.92 15.5 6.82 14.6 6.62 14.2 6.51 12.9 6.13 12.0 5.84 9.7 4.99 -19.8 -20.0 18.5 7.13 18.0 7.03 17.1 6.79 16.6 6.67 15.1 6.26 14.1 5.95 11.3 5.05 -14.7 -15.0 21.3 7.43 20.8 7.31 19.7 7.05 19.2 6.91 17.5 6.46 16.3 6.13 13.2 5.17 -9.6 -10.0 24.6 7.86 24.0 7.73 22.8 7.44 22.2 7.29 20.3 6.80 19.0 6.44 15.5 5.41 -4.4 -5.0 28.5 8.50 27.8 8.35 26.5 8.02 25.8 7.84 23.6 7.24 22.1 6.87 18.0 5.73 -1.8 -2.5 30.7 8.75 30.0 8.60 28.5 8.29 27.8 8.11 25.5 7.54 23.8 7.12 19.4 5.92 0.8 0.0 33.0 8.93 32.2 8.78 30.7 8.44 29.9 8.26 27.4 7.66 25.6 7.23 20.9 5.99 2.8 2.0 34.9 9.04 34.1 8.88 32.5 8.53 31.6 8.34 29.0 7.73 27.2 7.28 21.3 5.71 6.0 5.0 38.1 9.18 37.2 9.02 35.1 8.51 33.9 8.17 30.1 7.19 27.6 6.56 21.3 5.05 7.0 6.0 38.9 9.09 37.6 8.76 35.1 8.11 33.9 7.79 30.1 6.86 27.6 6.26 21.3 4.83 8.6 7.5 38.9 8.40 37.6 8.10 35.1 7.51 33.9 7.22 30.1 6.37 27.6 5.83 21.3 4.52

11.2 10.0 38.9 7.31 37.6 7.05 35.1 6.56 33.9 6.31 30.1 5.60 27.6 5.14 21.3 4.03 16.4 15.0 38.9 5.35 37.6 5.19 35.1 4.87 33.9 4.71 30.1 4.24 27.6 3.93 21.3 3.16 24.0 18.0 38.9 5.02 37.6 4.87 35.1 4.57 33.9 4.43 30.1 3.98 27.6 3.69 21.3 2.95


Outdoorair temp.



120%

-24.9 -25.0 15.8 6.84 15.4 6.75 14.6 6.54 14.2 6.43 12.9 6.06 12.0 5.78 9.6 4.94 -19.8 -20.0 18.4 7.05 18.0 6.95 17.0 6.72 16.5 6.59 15.0 6.19 14.0 5.88 11.3 5.00 -14.7 -15.0 21.3 7.35 20.7 7.23 19.7 6.98 19.1 6.84 17.4 6.39 16.3 6.07 13.2 5.12 -9.6 -10.0 24.6 7.79 24.0 7.66 22.8 7.38 22.2 7.23 20.3 6.74 18.9 6.38 15.4 5.36 -4.4 -5.0 28.5 8.43 27.8 8.28 26.5 7.96 25.8 7.79 23.6 7.22 22.1 6.79 18.0 5.68 -1.8 -2.5 30.7 8.65 30.0 8.51 28.5 8.19 27.8 8.02 25.4 7.46 23.8 7.05 19.3 5.86 0.8 0.0 33.0 8.82 32.2 8.66 30.7 8.33 29.8 8.15 27.3 7.57 25.5 7.14 20.8 5.93 2.8 2.0 34.9 8.92 34.1 8.76 32.5 8.41 31.6 8.23 28.9 7.63 27.0 7.14 20.8 5.49 6.0 5.0 38.0 9.02 36.8 8.70 34.3 8.06 33.1 7.75 29.4 6.85 27.0 6.26 20.8 4.85 7.0 6.0 38.0 8.57 36.8 8.27 34.3 7.67 33.1 7.38 29.4 6.53 27.0 5.98 20.8 4.65 8.6 7.5 38.0 7.92 36.8 7.64 34.3 7.10 33.1 6.84 29.4 6.06 27.0 5.56 20.8 4.35

11.2 10.0 38.0 6.87 36.8 6.65 34.3 6.20 33.1 5.98 29.4 5.33 27.0 4.91 20.8 3.88 16.4 15.0 38.0 5.02 36.8 4.87 34.3 4.59 33.1 4.45 29.4 4.02 27.0 3.74 20.8 3.04 24.0 18.0 38.0 4.91 36.8 4.77 34.3 4.48 33.1 4.33 29.4 3.90 27.0 3.61 20.8 2.89


Outdoorair temp.



110%

-24.9 -25.0 15.8 6.76 15.4 6.67 14.5 6.47 14.1 6.36 12.8 5.99 11.9 5.71 9.6 4.88 -19.8 -20.0 18.4 6.98 17.9 6.87 17.0 6.64 16.5 6.52 15.0 6.12 13.9 5.82 11.2 4.94 -14.7 -15.0 21.2 7.28 20.7 7.16 19.6 6.91 19.1 6.77 17.4 6.33 16.2 6.00 13.1 5.07 -9.6 -10.0 24.5 7.73 23.9 7.59 22.7 7.31 22.1 7.16 20.2 6.68 18.9 6.32 15.3 5.31 -4.4 -5.0 28.5 8.34 27.8 8.20 26.4 7.90 25.7 7.73 23.5 7.17 22.0 6.76 17.9 5.63 -1.8 -2.5 30.7 8.54 29.9 8.40 28.5 8.10 27.7 7.93 25.4 7.38 23.7 6.97 19.3 5.80 0.8 0.0 33.0 8.70 32.2 8.55 30.6 8.22 29.8 8.05 27.3 7.47 25.5 7.05 20.3 5.70 2.8 2.0 34.9 8.80 34.1 8.64 32.4 8.30 31.6 8.12 28.7 7.46 26.3 6.82 20.3 5.28 6.0 5.0 37.1 8.50 35.9 8.21 33.5 7.63 32.3 7.35 28.7 6.52 26.3 5.98 20.3 4.67 7.0 6.0 37.1 8.08 35.9 7.80 33.5 7.26 32.3 6.99 28.7 6.21 26.3 5.71 20.3 4.47 8.6 7.5 37.1 7.45 35.9 7.20 33.5 6.72 32.3 6.48 28.7 5.77 26.3 5.31 20.3 4.18

11.2 10.0 37.1 6.46 35.9 6.26 33.5 5.86 32.3 5.66 28.7 5.07 26.3 4.68 20.3 3.73 16.4 15.0 37.1 4.80 35.9 4.66 33.5 4.38 32.3 4.24 28.7 3.82 26.3 3.57 20.3 2.92 24.0 18.0 37.1 4.80 35.9 4.66 33.5 4.38 32.3 4.24 28.7 3.82 26.3 3.54 20.3 2.83


Outdoorair temp.



100%

-24.9 -25.0 15.7 6.68 15.3 6.59 14.5 6.39 14.1 6.29 12.8 5.92 11.9 5.65 9.5 4.83 -19.8 -20.0 18.3 6.90 17.9 6.79 16.9 6.57 16.4 6.45 14.9 6.05 13.9 5.75 11.2 4.89 -14.7 -15.0 21.2 7.21 20.7 7.09 19.6 6.84 19.0 6.70 17.3 6.26 16.2 5.94 13.0 5.02 -9.6 -10.0 24.5 7.66 23.9 7.53 22.7 7.24 22.1 7.10 20.2 6.61 18.8 6.26 15.3 5.26 -4.4 -5.0 28.4 8.25 27.8 8.12 26.4 7.82 25.7 7.66 23.5 7.12 21.9 6.71 17.8 5.56 -1.8 -2.5 30.6 8.44 29.9 8.30 28.4 8.00 27.7 7.83 25.3 7.29 23.6 6.88 19.2 5.73 0.8 0.0 33.0 8.59 32.2 8.44 30.6 8.11 29.7 7.94 27.2 7.38 25.4 6.96 19.8 5.48 2.8 2.0 34.9 8.68 34.1 8.52 32.4 8.19 31.5 8.01 28.0 7.10 25.7 6.51 19.8 5.07 6.0 5.0 36.2 8.01 35.0 7.74 32.7 7.22 31.5 6.96 28.0 6.20 25.7 5.70 19.8 4.47 7.0 6.0 36.2 7.60 35.0 7.35 32.7 6.87 31.5 6.62 28.0 5.90 25.7 5.43 19.8 4.29 8.6 7.5 36.2 7.00 35.0 6.78 32.7 6.34 31.5 6.12 28.0 5.48 25.7 5.05 19.8 4.01

11.2 10.0 36.2 6.06 35.0 5.88 32.7 5.52 31.5 5.34 28.0 4.81 25.7 4.46 19.8 3.58 16.4 15.0 36.2 4.70 35.0 4.56 32.7 4.29 31.5 4.15 28.0 3.74 25.7 3.46 19.8 2.79 24.0 18.0 36.2 4.70 35.0 4.56 32.7 4.29 31.5 4.15 28.0 3.74 25.7 3.46 19.8 2.77

2) U-10MES2E8 (Heating)

Ｂ－17





Outdoorair temp.



90%

-24.9 -25.0 15.5 6.37 15.1 6.29 14.3 6.10 13.8 6.00 12.5 5.66 11.6 5.40 9.3 4.62 -19.8 -20.0 18.1 6.60 17.6 6.50 16.7 6.28 16.2 6.17 14.7 5.79 13.6 5.51 10.9 4.68 -14.7 -15.0 21.0 6.92 20.5 6.81 19.4 6.57 18.8 6.43 17.1 6.01 15.9 5.71 12.8 4.82 -9.6 -10.0 24.4 7.42 23.8 7.27 22.5 6.99 21.9 6.85 19.9 6.38 18.6 6.04 15.0 5.07 -4.4 -5.0 28.3 7.86 27.7 7.74 26.2 7.47 25.5 7.32 23.2 6.83 21.7 6.47 17.5 5.40 -1.8 -2.5 30.5 8.00 29.8 7.87 28.3 7.59 27.5 7.44 25.0 6.93 23.1 6.46 17.9 5.11 0.8 0.0 32.6 8.00 31.5 7.76 29.4 7.28 28.4 7.05 25.2 6.33 23.1 5.86 17.9 4.66 2.8 2.0 32.6 7.29 31.5 7.08 29.4 6.66 28.4 6.45 25.2 5.80 23.1 5.41 17.9 4.37 6.0 5.0 32.6 6.32 31.5 6.17 29.4 5.87 28.4 5.71 25.2 5.21 23.1 4.84 17.9 3.88 7.0 6.0 32.6 6.20 31.5 6.03 29.4 5.67 28.4 5.50 25.2 4.97 23.1 4.61 17.9 3.72 8.6 7.5 32.6 5.70 31.5 5.54 29.4 5.23 28.4 5.08 25.2 4.60 23.1 4.29 17.9 3.48

11.2 10.0 32.6 4.90 31.5 4.78 29.4 4.54 28.4 4.42 25.2 4.04 23.1 3.78 17.9 3.11 16.4 15.0 32.6 4.27 31.5 4.15 29.4 3.90 28.4 3.78 25.2 3.41 23.1 3.16 17.9 2.54 24.0 18.0 32.6 4.27 31.5 4.15 29.4 3.90 28.4 3.78 25.2 3.41 23.1 3.16 17.9 2.54


Outdoorair temp.



80%

-24.9 -25.0 15.3 6.10 14.9 6.02 14.1 5.84 13.6 5.74 12.3 5.42 11.4 5.17 9.1 4.44 -19.8 -20.0 17.9 6.34 17.4 6.24 16.5 6.03 16.0 5.92 14.4 5.55 13.4 5.28 10.7 4.50 -14.7 -15.0 20.8 6.68 20.3 6.57 19.2 6.33 18.6 6.20 16.9 5.79 15.7 5.49 12.5 4.64 -9.6 -10.0 24.3 7.17 23.6 7.06 22.4 6.80 21.7 6.65 19.7 6.17 18.4 5.83 14.7 4.89 -4.4 -5.0 28.3 7.48 27.5 7.37 26.1 7.12 25.2 6.93 22.4 6.29 20.5 5.85 15.9 4.71 -1.8 -2.5 28.9 7.00 28.0 6.82 26.1 6.46 25.2 6.27 22.4 5.71 20.5 5.32 15.9 4.34 0.8 0.0 28.9 6.25 28.0 6.09 26.1 5.81 25.2 5.67 22.4 5.21 20.5 4.88 15.9 4.01 2.8 2.0 28.9 5.76 28.0 5.64 26.1 5.39 25.2 5.26 22.4 4.85 20.5 4.55 15.9 3.75 6.0 5.0 28.9 5.11 28.0 5.01 26.1 4.80 25.2 4.69 22.4 4.33 20.5 4.06 15.9 3.33 7.0 6.0 28.9 4.98 28.0 4.86 26.1 4.63 25.2 4.50 22.4 4.13 20.5 3.87 15.9 3.19 8.6 7.5 28.9 4.56 28.0 4.46 26.1 4.26 25.2 4.15 22.4 3.83 20.5 3.60 15.9 2.99

11.2 10.0 28.9 3.90 28.0 3.83 26.1 3.68 25.2 3.60 22.4 3.35 20.5 3.17 15.9 2.67 16.4 15.0 28.9 3.85 28.0 3.74 26.1 3.52 25.2 3.41 22.4 3.08 20.5 2.86 15.9 2.31 24.0 18.0 28.9 3.85 28.0 3.74 26.1 3.52 25.2 3.41 22.4 3.08 20.5 2.86 15.9 2.31


Outdoorair temp.



70%

-24.9 -25.0 15.2 5.90 14.8 5.82 13.9 5.65 13.5 5.55 12.2 5.24 11.3 5.00 8.9 4.30 -19.8 -20.0 17.8 6.15 17.4 6.05 16.4 5.85 15.9 5.74 14.3 5.38 13.3 5.12 10.5 4.36 -14.7 -15.0 20.8 6.51 20.3 6.40 19.1 6.16 18.5 6.04 16.8 5.64 15.6 5.35 12.4 4.52 -9.6 -10.0 24.3 6.94 23.7 6.84 22.4 6.62 21.7 6.49 19.6 6.03 18.0 5.60 13.9 4.52 -4.4 -5.0 25.3 6.06 24.5 5.93 22.9 5.67 22.1 5.54 19.6 5.12 18.0 4.82 13.9 3.99 -1.8 -2.5 25.3 5.51 24.5 5.41 22.9 5.20 22.1 5.08 19.6 4.71 18.0 4.44 13.9 3.70 0.8 0.0 25.3 5.01 24.5 4.92 22.9 4.73 22.1 4.63 19.6 4.31 18.0 4.07 13.9 3.40 2.8 2.0 25.3 4.62 24.5 4.54 22.9 4.38 22.1 4.29 19.6 4.00 18.0 3.79 13.9 3.18 6.0 5.0 25.3 4.06 24.5 4.00 22.9 3.87 22.1 3.80 19.6 3.55 18.0 3.37 13.9 2.83 7.0 6.0 25.3 3.92 24.5 3.86 22.9 3.71 22.1 3.63 19.6 3.39 18.0 3.21 13.9 2.71 8.6 7.5 25.3 3.58 24.5 3.53 22.9 3.41 22.1 3.34 19.6 3.13 18.0 2.98 13.9 2.54

11.2 10.0 25.3 3.42 24.5 3.32 22.9 3.13 22.1 3.04 19.6 2.75 18.0 2.62 13.9 2.27 16.4 15.0 25.3 3.42 24.5 3.32 22.9 3.13 22.1 3.04 19.6 2.75 18.0 2.55 13.9 2.07 24.0 18.0 25.3 3.42 24.5 3.32 22.9 3.13 22.1 3.04 19.6 2.75 18.0 2.55 13.9 2.07


Outdoorair temp.



60%

-24.9 -25.0 15.4 5.85 15.0 5.76 14.1 5.59 13.6 5.49 12.3 5.18 11.3 4.95 9.0 4.25 -19.8 -20.0 18.1 6.11 17.6 6.01 16.6 5.80 16.0 5.69 14.5 5.34 13.4 5.08 10.6 4.32 -14.7 -15.0 21.2 6.51 20.6 6.36 19.4 6.14 18.8 6.01 16.8 5.55 15.4 5.19 11.9 4.27 -9.6 -10.0 21.7 5.71 21.0 5.61 19.6 5.40 18.9 5.29 16.8 4.92 15.4 4.64 11.9 3.84 -4.4 -5.0 21.7 4.83 21.0 4.75 19.6 4.59 18.9 4.50 16.8 4.21 15.4 3.99 11.9 3.36 -1.8 -2.5 21.7 4.39 21.0 4.33 19.6 4.19 18.9 4.11 16.8 3.86 15.4 3.66 11.9 3.10 0.8 0.0 21.7 3.97 21.0 3.92 19.6 3.80 18.9 3.74 16.8 3.52 15.4 3.35 11.9 2.86 2.8 2.0 21.7 3.64 21.0 3.60 19.6 3.50 18.9 3.45 16.8 3.26 15.4 3.11 11.9 2.67 6.0 5.0 21.7 3.18 21.0 3.15 19.6 3.07 18.9 3.03 16.8 2.87 15.4 2.75 11.9 2.36 7.0 6.0 21.7 3.03 21.0 3.00 19.6 2.92 18.9 2.88 16.8 2.73 15.4 2.62 11.9 2.27 8.6 7.5 21.7 2.99 21.0 2.91 19.6 2.75 18.9 2.66 16.8 2.53 15.4 2.43 11.9 2.13

11.2 10.0 21.7 2.99 21.0 2.91 19.6 2.75 18.9 2.66 16.8 2.42 15.4 2.25 11.9 1.91 16.4 15.0 21.7 2.99 21.0 2.91 19.6 2.75 18.9 2.66 16.8 2.42 15.4 2.25 11.9 1.84 24.0 18.0 21.7 2.99 21.0 2.91 19.6 2.75 18.9 2.66 16.8 2.42 15.4 2.25 11.9 1.84

U-10MES2E8 (Heating)

Ｂ－18





Outdoorair temp.



50%

-24.9 -25.0 16.2 6.03 15.7 5.94 14.7 5.76 14.3 5.66 12.8 5.33 11.8 5.09 9.3 4.37 -19.8 -20.0 18.1 5.96 17.5 5.84 16.3 5.59 15.8 5.46 14.0 5.05 12.8 4.77 9.9 3.98 -14.7 -15.0 18.1 5.28 17.5 5.19 16.3 5.00 15.8 4.89 14.0 4.50 12.8 4.23 9.9 3.53 -9.6 -10.0 18.1 4.52 17.5 4.46 16.3 4.32 15.8 4.24 14.0 3.98 12.8 3.78 9.9 3.21 -4.4 -5.0 18.1 3.79 17.5 3.75 16.3 3.65 15.8 3.59 14.0 3.39 12.8 3.24 9.9 2.78 -1.8 -2.5 18.1 3.44 17.5 3.40 16.3 3.32 15.8 3.27 14.0 3.10 12.8 2.97 9.9 2.56 0.8 0.0 18.1 3.09 17.5 3.07 16.3 3.00 15.8 2.96 14.0 2.82 12.8 2.71 9.9 2.36 2.8 2.0 18.1 2.83 17.5 2.81 16.3 2.76 15.8 2.73 14.0 2.61 12.8 2.51 9.9 2.20 6.0 5.0 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.38 15.8 2.36 14.0 2.27 12.8 2.20 9.9 1.94 7.0 6.0 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.36 15.8 2.29 14.0 2.16 12.8 2.10 9.9 1.87 8.6 7.5 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.36 15.8 2.29 14.0 2.09 12.8 1.95 9.9 1.76

11.2 10.0 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.36 15.8 2.29 14.0 2.09 12.8 1.95 9.9 1.61 16.4 15.0 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.36 15.8 2.29 14.0 2.09 12.8 1.95 9.9 1.61 24.0 18.0 18.1 2.57 17.5 2.50 16.3 2.36 15.8 2.29 14.0 2.09 12.8 1.95 9.9 1.61


Outdoorair temp.



40%

-24.9 -25.0 14.5 5.20 14.0 5.11 13.1 4.92 12.6 4.83 11.2 4.52 10.3 4.29 7.9 3.65 -19.8 -20.0 14.5 4.60 14.0 4.54 13.1 4.36 12.6 4.27 11.2 3.97 10.3 3.76 7.9 3.18 -14.7 -15.0 14.5 4.08 14.0 4.03 13.1 3.91 12.6 3.84 11.2 3.60 10.3 3.39 7.9 2.85 -9.6 -10.0 14.5 3.48 14.0 3.44 13.1 3.36 12.6 3.31 11.2 3.13 10.3 3.00 7.9 2.59 -4.4 -5.0 14.5 2.90 14.0 2.88 13.1 2.82 12.6 2.79 11.2 2.66 10.3 2.56 7.9 2.24 -1.8 -2.5 14.5 2.62 14.0 2.61 13.1 2.56 12.6 2.54 11.2 2.44 10.3 2.35 7.9 2.07 0.8 0.0 14.5 2.35 14.0 2.34 13.1 2.31 12.6 2.30 11.2 2.22 10.3 2.14 7.9 1.90 2.8 2.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.12 13.1 2.10 12.6 2.09 11.2 2.03 10.3 1.97 7.9 1.77 6.0 5.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.72 7.9 1.57 7.0 6.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.65 7.9 1.51 8.6 7.5 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.65 7.9 1.43

11.2 10.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.65 7.9 1.37 16.4 15.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.65 7.9 1.37 24.0 18.0 14.5 2.14 14.0 2.09 13.1 1.98 12.6 1.92 11.2 1.76 10.3 1.65 7.9 1.37


Outdoorair temp.


TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI

30%

-24.9 -25.0 10.9 3.86 10.5 3.80 9.8 3.67 9.5 3.60 8.4 3.39 7.7 3.23 6.0 2.78 -19.8 -20.0 10.9 3.48 10.5 3.42 9.8 3.28 9.5 3.22 8.4 3.01 7.7 2.86 6.0 2.45 -14.7 -15.0 10.9 3.01 10.5 2.97 9.8 2.90 9.5 2.86 8.4 2.72 7.7 2.60 6.0 2.21 -9.6 -10.0 10.9 2.56 10.5 2.54 9.8 2.49 9.5 2.47 8.4 2.36 7.7 2.27 6.0 2.00 -4.4 -5.0 10.9 2.13 10.5 2.12 9.8 2.10 9.5 2.08 8.4 2.01 7.7 1.95 6.0 1.74 -1.8 -2.5 10.9 1.90 10.5 1.90 9.8 1.89 9.5 1.88 8.4 1.82 7.7 1.77 6.0 1.60 0.8 0.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.68 9.5 1.68 8.4 1.65 7.7 1.61 6.0 1.47 2.8 2.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.51 7.7 1.48 6.0 1.37 6.0 5.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.23 7.0 6.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.19 8.6 7.5 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.14 11.2 10.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.14 16.4 15.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.14 24.0 18.0 10.9 1.72 10.5 1.68 9.8 1.59 9.5 1.55 8.4 1.43 7.7 1.35 6.0 1.14


°CDB °CWB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

Ｂ－19


The above table shows the characteristics of Part Load (Total capacity and Power input) while all connected indoor units are operating at 100% ratio indoor and outdoor capacity.

Part Load Ratio 30-100% TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 100%

-10.0 18.7 1.77 22.4 2.13 26.1 2.48 28.0 2.66 31.7 3.01 35.5 3.37 39.2 3.72-5.0 18.7 1.77 22.4 2.13 26.1 2.48 28.0 2.66 31.7 3.02 35.5 3.37 39.2 3.720.0 18.7 1.78 22.4 2.13 26.1 2.49 28.0 2.67 31.7 3.02 35.5 3.38 39.2 3.735.0 18.7 1.78 22.4 2.14 26.1 2.50 28.0 2.67 31.7 3.03 35.5 3.39 39.2 3.75

10.0 18.7 1.79 22.4 2.15 26.1 2.51 28.0 2.70 31.7 3.07 35.5 3.45 39.2 3.8215.0 18.7 1.82 22.4 2.21 26.1 2.60 28.0 2.81 31.7 3.22 35.5 3.63 39.2 4.0220.0 18.7 2.03 22.4 2.50 26.1 3.02 28.0 3.30 31.7 3.91 35.5 4.58 39.2 5.3125.0 18.7 2.61 22.4 3.22 26.1 3.90 28.0 4.26 31.7 5.02 35.5 5.85 39.2 6.7430.0 18.7 3.27 22.4 4.03 26.1 4.86 28.0 5.30 31.7 6.22 35.5 7.21 39.2 8.2735.0 18.7 3.98 22.4 4.90 26.1 5.89 28.0 6.42 31.7 7.51 35.5 8.68 37.5 8.9740.0 18.7 4.75 22.4 5.84 26.1 7.01 28.0 7.62 31.7 8.91 33.2 8.97 34.6 8.9743.0 18.7 5.23 22.4 6.43 26.1 7.72 28.0 8.39 30.3 8.97 31.7 8.97 32.4 8.5346.0 18.5 5.69 22.2 7.00 23.6 7.12 23.8 6.93 24.4 6.61 25.3 6.36 26.2 6.1652.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 90%

-10.0 16.8 1.43 20.2 1.80 23.5 2.15 25.2 2.32 28.6 2.67 31.9 3.00 35.3 3.33-5.0 16.8 1.43 20.2 1.80 23.5 2.15 25.2 2.33 28.6 2.67 31.9 3.01 35.3 3.330.0 16.8 1.44 20.2 1.80 23.5 2.16 25.2 2.33 28.6 2.68 31.9 3.01 35.3 3.345.0 16.8 1.44 20.2 1.81 23.5 2.17 25.2 2.34 28.6 2.68 31.9 3.02 35.3 3.35

10.0 16.8 1.45 20.2 1.82 23.5 2.17 25.2 2.35 28.6 2.70 31.9 3.04 35.3 3.3815.0 16.8 1.46 20.2 1.84 23.5 2.21 25.2 2.40 28.6 2.77 31.9 3.13 35.3 3.4920.0 16.8 1.58 20.2 2.01 23.5 2.43 25.2 2.63 28.6 3.03 31.9 3.49 35.3 3.9725.0 16.8 2.11 20.2 2.61 23.5 3.13 25.2 3.40 28.6 3.94 31.9 4.50 35.3 5.0830.0 16.8 2.73 20.2 3.33 23.5 3.95 25.2 4.26 28.6 4.90 31.9 5.55 35.3 6.2235.0 16.8 3.49 20.2 4.22 23.5 4.97 25.2 5.34 28.6 6.10 31.9 6.88 35.3 7.6940.0 16.8 4.17 20.2 5.01 23.5 5.86 25.2 6.29 28.6 7.17 31.9 8.08 34.6 8.9743.0 16.8 4.58 20.2 5.49 23.5 6.41 25.2 6.88 28.6 7.85 31.7 8.97 32.4 8.5346.0 16.8 4.91 20.2 5.96 23.5 7.05 23.8 6.93 24.4 6.61 25.3 6.36 26.2 6.1652.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 80%

-10.0 14.9 1.23 17.9 1.56 20.9 1.88 22.4 2.04 25.4 2.35 28.4 2.65 31.4 2.95-5.0 14.9 1.23 17.9 1.56 20.9 1.88 22.4 2.04 25.4 2.35 28.4 2.66 31.4 2.960.0 14.9 1.23 17.9 1.56 20.9 1.89 22.4 2.04 25.4 2.36 28.4 2.66 31.4 2.965.0 14.9 1.24 17.9 1.57 20.9 1.89 22.4 2.05 25.4 2.36 28.4 2.67 31.4 2.97

10.0 14.9 1.24 17.9 1.58 20.9 1.90 22.4 2.06 25.4 2.37 28.4 2.67 31.4 2.9815.0 14.9 1.26 17.9 1.59 20.9 1.91 22.4 2.07 25.4 2.39 28.4 2.71 31.4 3.0220.0 14.9 1.30 17.9 1.66 20.9 2.01 22.4 2.18 25.4 2.52 28.4 2.85 31.4 3.1725.0 14.9 1.71 17.9 2.09 20.9 2.48 22.4 2.67 25.4 3.07 28.4 3.47 31.4 3.8730.0 14.9 2.25 17.9 2.72 20.9 3.19 22.4 3.43 25.4 3.91 28.4 4.39 31.4 4.8635.0 14.9 2.92 17.9 3.50 20.9 4.08 22.4 4.37 25.4 4.95 28.4 5.52 31.4 6.1040.0 14.9 3.52 17.9 4.20 20.9 4.87 22.4 5.20 25.4 5.86 28.4 6.53 31.4 7.2043.0 14.9 3.89 17.9 4.63 20.9 5.35 22.4 5.71 25.4 6.43 28.4 7.17 31.4 7.9146.0 14.9 4.15 17.9 4.97 20.9 5.80 22.4 6.23 24.4 6.61 25.3 6.36 26.2 6.1652.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 70%

-10.0 13.1 1.02 15.7 1.31 18.3 1.60 19.6 1.74 22.2 2.02 24.8 2.30 27.4 2.56-5.0 13.1 1.02 15.7 1.31 18.3 1.60 19.6 1.74 22.2 2.02 24.8 2.30 27.4 2.570.0 13.1 1.02 15.7 1.32 18.3 1.61 19.6 1.75 22.2 2.03 24.8 2.30 27.4 2.575.0 13.1 1.03 15.7 1.32 18.3 1.61 19.6 1.75 22.2 2.03 24.8 2.31 27.4 2.58

10.0 13.1 1.03 15.7 1.33 18.3 1.62 19.6 1.76 22.2 2.04 24.8 2.31 27.4 2.5815.0 13.1 1.04 15.7 1.34 18.3 1.63 19.6 1.77 22.2 2.05 24.8 2.32 27.4 2.5920.0 13.1 1.06 15.7 1.36 18.3 1.66 19.6 1.80 22.2 2.09 24.8 2.38 27.4 2.6525.0 13.1 1.28 15.7 1.59 18.3 1.90 19.6 2.05 22.2 2.33 24.8 2.61 27.4 2.8930.0 13.1 1.81 15.7 2.17 18.3 2.51 19.6 2.69 22.2 3.02 24.8 3.36 27.4 3.6935.0 13.1 2.39 15.7 2.84 18.3 3.28 19.6 3.49 22.2 3.92 24.8 4.33 27.4 4.7340.0 13.1 2.92 15.7 3.45 18.3 3.96 19.6 4.21 22.2 4.70 24.8 5.19 27.4 5.6643.0 13.1 3.24 15.7 3.82 18.3 4.38 19.6 4.65 22.2 5.19 24.8 5.72 27.4 6.2446.0 13.1 3.47 15.7 4.08 18.3 4.70 19.6 5.02 22.2 5.64 24.8 6.04 26.2 6.1652.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76

3) U-10MES2E8 (Cooling)

Ｂ－20





:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 60%

-10.0 11.2 0.81 13.4 1.06 15.7 1.32 16.8 1.44 19.0 1.68 21.3 1.93 23.5 2.16-5.0 11.2 0.81 13.4 1.07 15.7 1.32 16.8 1.44 19.0 1.69 21.3 1.93 23.5 2.160.0 11.2 0.81 13.4 1.07 15.7 1.32 16.8 1.44 19.0 1.69 21.3 1.93 23.5 2.175.0 11.2 0.81 13.4 1.07 15.7 1.32 16.8 1.45 19.0 1.69 21.3 1.94 23.5 2.17

10.0 11.2 0.82 13.4 1.08 15.7 1.33 16.8 1.45 19.0 1.70 21.3 1.94 23.5 2.1815.0 11.2 0.83 13.4 1.08 15.7 1.34 16.8 1.46 19.0 1.71 21.3 1.95 23.5 2.1920.0 11.2 0.84 13.4 1.10 15.7 1.35 16.8 1.47 19.0 1.72 21.3 1.96 23.5 2.2025.0 11.2 0.91 13.4 1.17 15.7 1.43 16.8 1.55 19.0 1.80 21.3 2.04 23.5 2.2830.0 11.2 1.42 13.4 1.67 15.7 1.91 16.8 2.03 19.0 2.26 21.3 2.47 23.5 2.6835.0 11.2 1.91 13.4 2.24 15.7 2.55 16.8 2.71 19.0 3.00 21.3 3.28 23.5 3.5440.0 11.2 2.36 13.4 2.76 15.7 3.14 16.8 3.32 19.0 3.67 21.3 4.01 23.5 4.3343.0 11.2 2.63 13.4 3.08 15.7 3.50 16.8 3.70 19.0 4.08 21.3 4.45 23.5 4.8146.0 11.2 2.85 13.4 3.31 15.7 3.75 16.8 3.97 19.0 4.39 21.3 4.81 23.5 5.2252.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 50%

-10.0 9.3 0.59 11.2 0.81 13.1 1.02 14.0 1.13 15.9 1.34 17.7 1.54 19.6 1.75-5.0 9.3 0.59 11.2 0.81 13.1 1.02 14.0 1.13 15.9 1.34 17.7 1.55 19.6 1.750.0 9.3 0.59 11.2 0.81 13.1 1.03 14.0 1.13 15.9 1.34 17.7 1.55 19.6 1.755.0 9.3 0.60 11.2 0.82 13.1 1.03 14.0 1.14 15.9 1.35 17.7 1.55 19.6 1.75

10.0 9.3 0.60 11.2 0.82 13.1 1.03 14.0 1.14 15.9 1.35 17.7 1.56 19.6 1.7615.0 9.3 0.61 11.2 0.82 13.1 1.04 14.0 1.15 15.9 1.36 17.7 1.56 19.6 1.7620.0 9.3 0.62 11.2 0.83 13.1 1.05 14.0 1.16 15.9 1.36 17.7 1.57 19.6 1.7725.0 9.3 0.63 11.2 0.85 13.1 1.07 14.0 1.17 15.9 1.38 17.7 1.59 19.6 1.7930.0 9.3 1.07 11.2 1.23 13.1 1.33 14.0 1.40 15.9 1.56 17.7 1.73 19.6 1.9135.0 9.3 1.47 11.2 1.70 13.1 1.91 14.0 2.01 15.9 2.19 17.7 2.36 19.6 2.5240.0 9.3 1.84 11.2 2.13 13.1 2.40 14.0 2.52 15.9 2.75 17.7 2.97 19.6 3.1743.0 9.3 2.07 11.2 2.39 13.1 2.69 14.0 2.83 15.9 3.10 17.7 3.34 19.6 3.5646.0 9.3 2.30 11.2 2.62 13.1 2.92 14.0 3.07 15.9 3.35 17.7 3.61 19.6 3.8552.0 8.1 2.44 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 40%

-10.0 7.5 0.37 9.0 0.55 10.5 0.72 11.2 0.81 12.7 0.98 14.2 1.15 15.7 1.32-5.0 7.5 0.37 9.0 0.55 10.5 0.73 11.2 0.81 12.7 0.98 14.2 1.15 15.7 1.320.0 7.5 0.37 9.0 0.55 10.5 0.73 11.2 0.81 12.7 0.98 14.2 1.15 15.7 1.325.0 7.5 0.38 9.0 0.55 10.5 0.73 11.2 0.82 12.7 0.99 14.2 1.16 15.7 1.32

10.0 7.5 0.38 9.0 0.56 10.5 0.73 11.2 0.82 12.7 0.99 14.2 1.16 15.7 1.3315.0 7.5 0.38 9.0 0.56 10.5 0.74 11.2 0.82 12.7 0.99 14.2 1.16 15.7 1.3320.0 7.5 0.39 9.0 0.57 10.5 0.74 11.2 0.83 12.7 1.00 14.2 1.17 15.7 1.3425.0 7.5 0.40 9.0 0.58 10.5 0.76 11.2 0.84 12.7 1.01 14.2 1.18 15.7 1.3530.0 7.5 0.54 9.0 0.66 10.5 0.80 11.2 0.88 12.7 1.04 14.2 1.22 15.7 1.4035.0 7.5 1.07 9.0 1.22 10.5 1.35 11.2 1.41 12.7 1.51 14.2 1.64 15.7 1.8140.0 7.5 1.37 9.0 1.56 10.5 1.73 11.2 1.81 12.7 1.95 14.2 2.07 15.7 2.1743.0 7.5 1.55 9.0 1.77 10.5 1.97 11.2 2.06 12.7 2.22 14.2 2.37 15.7 2.4946.0 7.5 1.81 9.0 2.03 10.5 2.22 11.2 2.31 12.7 2.47 14.2 2.62 15.7 2.7552.0 7.5 2.16 8.8 2.46 9.6 2.51 10.1 2.54 11.1 2.60 12.2 2.68 13.5 2.76


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.

°CDB



100% 30%

-10.0 5.6 0.15 6.7 0.28 7.8 0.42 8.4 0.49 9.5 0.62 10.6 0.75 11.8 0.88-5.0 5.6 0.15 6.7 0.28 7.8 0.42 8.4 0.49 9.5 0.62 10.6 0.75 11.8 0.880.0 5.6 0.15 6.7 0.29 7.8 0.42 8.4 0.49 9.5 0.62 10.6 0.76 11.8 0.895.0 5.6 0.15 6.7 0.29 7.8 0.42 8.4 0.49 9.5 0.63 10.6 0.76 11.8 0.8910.0 5.6 0.15 6.7 0.29 7.8 0.43 8.4 0.49 9.5 0.63 10.6 0.76 11.8 0.8915.0 5.6 0.16 6.7 0.29 7.8 0.43 8.4 0.50 9.5 0.64 10.6 0.77 11.8 0.9020.0 5.6 0.16 6.7 0.30 7.8 0.43 8.4 0.50 9.5 0.64 10.6 0.78 11.8 0.9125.0 5.6 0.17 6.7 0.31 7.8 0.44 8.4 0.52 9.5 0.65 10.6 0.79 11.8 0.9230.0 5.6 0.20 6.7 0.33 7.8 0.46 8.4 0.54 9.5 0.69 10.6 0.85 11.8 1.0035.0 5.6 0.72 6.7 0.81 7.8 0.91 8.4 0.98 9.5 1.11 10.6 1.24 11.8 1.3640.0 5.6 0.94 6.7 1.06 7.8 1.16 8.4 1.20 9.5 1.27 10.6 1.32 11.8 1.3643.0 5.6 1.08 6.7 1.22 7.8 1.34 8.4 1.39 9.5 1.47 10.6 1.54 11.8 1.5946.0 5.6 1.38 6.7 1.51 7.8 1.62 8.4 1.67 9.5 1.76 10.6 1.83 11.8 1.8852.0 5.6 1.63 6.7 1.80 7.8 1.95 8.4 2.01 9.5 2.08 10.6 2.11 11.8 2.13


Ｂ－21


4) U-10MES2E8 (Heating)Part Load Ratio 30-100% TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 100%

kW kW°CDB °CWB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW-24.9 -25.0 24.6 8.49 24.0 8.34 22.7 8.01 22.1 7.85 20.1 7.30 18.8 6.89 15.2 5.76 -19.8 -20.0 25.7 8.66 25.1 8.50 23.8 8.17 23.2 7.99 21.1 7.43 19.7 7.01 16.0 5.85 -14.7 -15.0 27.4 8.92 26.8 8.75 25.4 8.40 24.7 8.22 22.6 7.62 21.1 7.19 17.1 5.99 -9.6 -10.0 29.7 9.27 29.0 9.12 27.6 8.74 26.8 8.54 24.5 7.91 22.9 7.45 18.6 6.18 -4.4 -5.0 31.5 9.27 31.1 9.27 30.4 9.18 29.6 8.95 27.0 8.28 25.3 7.79 19.8 6.15 -1.8 -2.5 32.8 9.27 32.4 9.27 31.6 9.27 31.2 9.26 28.0 8.32 25.7 7.61 19.8 5.89 0.8 0.0 34.4 9.27 34.0 9.27 32.7 9.08 31.5 8.73 28.0 7.72 25.7 7.07 19.8 5.48 2.8 2.0 36.2 9.26 35.0 8.94 32.7 8.32 31.5 8.01 28.0 7.10 25.7 6.51 19.8 5.07 6.0 5.0 36.2 8.01 35.0 7.74 32.7 7.22 31.5 6.96 28.0 6.20 25.7 5.70 19.8 4.47 7.0 6.0 36.2 7.60 35.0 7.35 32.7 6.87 31.5 6.62 28.0 5.90 25.7 5.43 19.8 4.29 8.6 7.5 36.2 7.00 35.0 6.78 32.7 6.34 31.5 6.12 28.0 5.48 25.7 5.05 19.8 4.01

11.2 10.0 36.2 6.06 35.0 5.88 32.7 5.52 31.5 5.34 28.0 4.81 25.7 4.46 19.8 3.58 16.4 15.0 36.2 4.41 35.0 4.31 32.7 4.09 31.5 3.98 28.0 3.64 25.7 3.40 19.8 2.79 24.0 18.0 36.2 3.93 35.0 3.82 32.7 3.60 31.5 3.48 28.0 3.15 25.7 2.92 19.8 2.36


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 90%


11.2 10.0 32.6 4.64 31.5 4.53 29.4 4.32 28.4 4.21 25.2 3.88 23.1 3.65 17.9 3.03 16.4 15.0 32.6 3.58 31.5 3.48 29.4 3.28 28.4 3.18 25.2 2.89 23.1 2.75 17.9 2.33 24.0 18.0 32.6 3.58 31.5 3.48 29.4 3.28 28.4 3.18 25.2 2.87 23.1 2.67 17.9 2.16


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 80%


11.2 10.0 28.9 3.50 28.0 3.45 26.1 3.35 25.2 3.29 22.4 3.10 20.5 2.96 15.9 2.55 16.4 15.0 28.9 3.24 28.0 3.15 26.1 2.96 25.2 2.87 22.4 2.60 20.5 2.42 15.9 1.97 24.0 18.0 28.9 3.24 28.0 3.15 26.1 2.96 25.2 2.87 22.4 2.60 20.5 2.42 15.9 1.97


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 70%


11.2 10.0 25.3 2.89 24.5 2.81 22.9 2.65 22.1 2.57 19.6 2.47 18.0 2.39 13.9 2.13 16.4 15.0 25.3 2.89 24.5 2.81 22.9 2.65 22.1 2.57 19.6 2.33 18.0 2.18 13.9 1.78 24.0 18.0 25.3 2.89 24.5 2.81 22.9 2.65 22.1 2.57 19.6 2.33 18.0 2.18 13.9 1.78


Ｂ－22




:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 60%

°CDB °CWB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW-24.9 -25.0 21.7 5.90 21.0 5.81 19.6 5.60 18.9 5.49 16.8 5.12 15.4 4.83 11.9 3.98 -19.8 -20.0 21.7 5.55 21.0 5.46 19.6 5.28 18.9 5.18 16.8 4.86 15.4 4.61 11.9 3.86 -14.7 -15.0 21.7 5.10 21.0 5.04 19.6 4.90 18.9 4.82 16.8 4.54 15.4 4.33 11.9 3.68 -9.6 -10.0 21.7 4.63 21.0 4.59 19.6 4.47 18.9 4.40 16.8 4.16 15.4 3.98 11.9 3.40 -4.4 -5.0 21.7 4.09 21.0 4.05 19.6 3.96 18.9 3.91 16.8 3.72 15.4 3.56 11.9 3.08 -1.8 -2.5 21.7 3.79 21.0 3.76 19.6 3.68 18.9 3.64 16.8 3.47 15.4 3.33 11.9 2.89 0.8 0.0 21.7 3.47 21.0 3.45 19.6 3.39 18.9 3.35 16.8 3.21 15.4 3.09 11.9 2.70 2.8 2.0 21.7 3.16 21.0 3.14 19.6 3.10 18.9 3.07 16.8 2.96 15.4 2.86 11.9 2.52 6.0 5.0 21.7 2.71 21.0 2.71 19.6 2.69 18.9 2.67 16.8 2.59 15.4 2.50 11.9 2.21 7.0 6.0 21.7 2.57 21.0 2.56 19.6 2.54 18.9 2.52 16.8 2.45 15.4 2.38 11.9 2.13 8.6 7.5 21.7 2.54 21.0 2.47 19.6 2.33 18.9 2.30 16.8 2.25 15.4 2.20 11.9 1.99 11.2 10.0 21.7 2.54 21.0 2.47 19.6 2.33 18.9 2.27 16.8 2.06 15.4 1.93 11.9 1.77 16.4 15.0 21.7 2.54 21.0 2.47 19.6 2.33 18.9 2.27 16.8 2.06 15.4 1.93 11.9 1.59 24.0 18.0 21.7 2.54 21.0 2.47 19.6 2.33 18.9 2.27 16.8 2.06 15.4 1.93 11.9 1.59


:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 50%



:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 40%



:Part load ratio

Outdoorair temp.



100% 30%



Ｂ－23


Outdoor Unit

③ U-20GES3E5 + PAW-500WX2E5N (2)1) Cooling capacity

[When connected to the Water Heat Exchanger Unit]

Cooling capacity characteristics (Unit: kW)

Outdoor air

intake temp.

(°CDB)

Leaving water temp. (ºC)

5 7 10 12 14 15

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

0 55.1 50.7 59.3 52.4 65.0 55.5 68.5 57.2 71.5 58.9 73.0 59.85 54.6 50.8 58.8 52.5 64.4 55.6 67.8 57.3 70.8 59.1 72.3 59.9

10 54.1 50.9 58.2 52.7 63.8 55.7 67.2 57.5 70.2 59.2 71.7 60.115 53.1 51.2 57.1 52.9 62.6 56.0 65.9 57.8 68.8 59.5 70.3 60.420 52.1 51.4 56.0 53.2 61.4 56.3 64.7 58.1 67.5 59.8 69.0 60.725 51.1 51.7 54.9 53.5 60.2 56.6 63.4 58.4 66.2 60.1 67.6 61.030 49.0 55.5 52.9 57.2 58.2 60.4 61.3 62.1 64.1 63.9 65.5 64.835 46.1 59.2 50.0 61.0 55.3 64.1 58.5 65.9 61.3 67.7 62.7 68.640 42.4 63.0 46.3 64.8 51.6 67.9 54.8 69.7 57.6 71.4 59.0 72.3

2) Heating capacityHeating capacity characteristics (Unit: kW)


(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)2 1.2 60.9 57.2 60.4 59.0 60.0 60.9 57.8 64.2 56.8 68.07 6 60.9 51.2 60.4 54.1 60.0 56.9 57.8 61.2 56.8 64.610 8.8 66.7 53.1 65.4 56.3 64.3 58.7 61.7 62.9 - -15 13.7 73.8 56.2 72.3 59.5 71.1 61.7 67.5 65.7 - -20 15 75.3 56.9 73.8 60.3 72.6 62.6 68.7 66.6 - -


3) Heating capacity at low ambient temperatureHeating capacity characteristics (Unit: kW)


(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 46.3 57.4 47.5 59.2 48.5 60.9 50.0 63.6 51.5 68.1-10 -10.5 47.5 58.7 48.2 59.9 49.0 61.3 50.5 63.9 52.0 68.4-7 -7.6 48.2 59.4 48.6 60.2 49.3 61.5 50.8 64.2 52.3 68.7

3-1 Heating capacity in cold district modeHeating capacity characteristics (Unit: kW)


(°CDB) (°CWB)


(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)-15 -15.6 59.7 74.5 59.8 75.1 59.9 75.8 60.0 76.9 51.5 68.1-10 -10.5 61.1 75.9 61.2 76.5 61.3 77.1 61.4 78.1 52.0 68.4-7 -7.6 61.8 76.7 62.3 77.6 63.0 79.1 64.7 82.2 52.3 68.7

5. Performance Characteristics

Ｂ－24

Outdoor Unit 6. Vibration Force

(1) Measurement Points

(2) Vibration Force

Maximum vibration force at each frequency is measured over the whole range of engine rotation speedsand loads.

Maximum values while changing rotation rate from 500 to 2200 r/min.

1/3rd octaveFrequency (Hz) 3.15 4 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 20 25

Vibration force F (N) 0.385 0.035 1.587 2.087 11.3 35.48 49.49 12.25 109.4 95.28

Vibration force level 20log10 F -8.28 -29.21 4.01 6.39 21.06 31.00 33.89 21.76 40.78 39.58F0

F: Vibration Force (N)F0: 1N

31.5

40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315Compound

Value

124.5

115.3 374.5 309.7 311.9 274.2 659.2 291.4 747.3 572.1 231.7 1386.2

41.90

41.24 51.47 49.82 49.88 48.76 56.38 49.29 57.47 55.15 47.30 62.8

2)

Frequency (Hz) 8 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80

Vibration force F (N) 0.11 0.16 0.46 0.18 1.09 1.71 1.30 2.33 7.87 2.32 2.99

28.434.4 27.3 25.6 23.4 23.5 19.7 16.8 16.6 12.9 11.1F FVibration force level 20log10 ―

0

U-10MES2E8

1)) U-20GES3E5

1/3rd octave

Maximum values while changing rotation rate from 500 to 2200 r/min.

Ｂ－25

Control-Related

Contents1. System Block Diagram .......................................................................................C-2

2. Remote Control Warning List(1) Remote Control Warning List (With Indoor Unit connected) ................................... C-3

3. Circuit Drawing ...................................................................................................C-8

Ｃ－1

Control-Related 1. System Block Diagram

Room

tem

pera

ture

senso

r

<Key-

ＳＷ

>

Ope

rate

/st

op

Chan

ge o

pera

tion

Tem

pera

ture

sett

ing

Hig

her

Tem

pera

ture

sett

ing

Low

er

Air s

peed

chan

ge

Sele

ct

unit

Sw

ing/

air

dire

tion

Tim

er

sett

ing

Tim

er

period

lncre

ase

Tim

er

period

Redu

ce

Set/

Dele

te

Energ

y sa

ving

Fllt

er

rese

t

insp

ection

Rai

se/lo

wer

Filt

er

Ventila

tion

<B

oar

d>

Rem

ote

contr

ol ad

dress

connecto

r

Liq

uid

cry

stal

dis

play

Indo

or

Unit

Outd

oor

Unit G

HP

Inle

t te

mpe

ratu

re s

enso

r

Outlet

tem

pera

ture

senso

r

＜C

oil

tmpe

ratu

re s

enso

r＞

Inle

t

Outlete

Flo

at S

WR

em

ote

contr

ol

cab

le

Fan

moto

r

Dra

in p

um

o

Hum

idifie

r

Dust

colle

oto

r

Ele

otr

om

agnetic v

alve

Fla

p m

oto

r

Conde

nsa

tion

Venila

tion

Ext

ern

al S

tart

/st

op

Ext

ern

al r

em

ote

contr

ol di

sabl

ed

alar

m s

ignal

Ope

ration m

onitor

sign

al

Engi

ne h

ydra

ulic

SW

Oil

float

SW

H leve

l

Outd

oor

Unit

USB

Indo

or

Unit

Hum

idity

senso

r

EC

ON

AV

Inan

oe

Outd

oor

Unit E

HP

INV

1_H

IC

Fan

moto

r 1H

IC

Heat

Exc

han

ge Inle

t va

lve

Sav

e v

alve

Oil

recove

ry v

alve

Byp

ass

valv

e

Accum

ula

tor

valv

e

Cra

nkc

ase h

eat

er

1

PIN SW

Indo

or/

Outd

oor

com

munic

atio

n

Heat

Exc

han

ger

1 m

eka

val

ve

Heat

Exc

han

ger

2 m

eka

val

ve

Heat

Exc

han

ger

4 m

eka

val

ve(S

C m

eka

val

ve)

Dis

char

ge t

em

p 1

Heat

Exc

han

ger

gas

1 t

em

p

Heat

Exc

han

ger

liquid

1 t

em

p

Heat

Exc

han

ger

gas

2 t

em

p

Heat

Exc

han

ger

liquid

2 t

em

p

outs

ide t

em

p

Suction t

em

p

A c

om

press

or

1 o

il te

mp

Inle

t te

mpe

ratu

re s

enso

r

Ove

rcoolin

g ga

s te

mp

Hig

h p

ress

ure

seneor

low

pre

ssure

seneor

INV

1 P

rim

ary

curr

ent

INV

1 S

econda

ry c

urr

ent

Com

mon h

igh p

ress

ure

SW

＜Senso

r in

put＞

Control board

Control board

Inte

rmedi

ate

Fan

lin

e p

rote

ction t

herm

ost

at

preve

ntion h

eat

er

Com

press

or

inls

t pr

ess

ure

Com

press

or

outlet

press

ure

Com

press

or

inle

t te

mp

Com

press

or

outlet

tem

p

Outd

oor

heat

exc

han

ger

inle

t te

mp

Outd

oor

heat

exc

han

ger

outlet

tem

p O

utd

oor

air

tem

p

Exh

aust

gas

tem

p

Coolin

g w

atse

r te

mp

Clu

tch c

oil

tem

p

(Hot

wat

er

outlet

tem

p)

Clu

tch c

oil

tem

p

Cra

nk

angl

e s

enso

rC

am a

ngl

e s

enso

r

Fuel ga

s L p

ress

ure

SW

Key

SW

s(4)

Slid

e S

Ws(

3)

N/P

check

SW

Oil

float

SW

L leve

l

Cold

wat

er

float

SW

MA

IN

PO

W

7 s

egm

ent

LED

outp

ut/

6 d

igits

LED

outp

ut(

4)

Cra

nk

cas

e h

eat

er

4-w

ay v

alve

Fuel ga

s va

lve 1

Engi

ne o

il su

pply

pum

p

Oil

supp

ly S

ole

noid

val

ve 1

,2

Dra

in filt

er

heat

or

Sta

rter

moto

r po

wer

supp

ly(C

oola

nt

heat

er)

Sta

rter

moto

r

Ignitio

n 1

,2,3

,4

Clu

tch

Exp

ansi

on v

alve

1,2

Liq

uid

Val

ve

3-w

ay m

oto

r va

lve

Thro

ttle

(ste

p m

oto

r)

Hot

wat

er

3-w

ay m

oto

r va

lve

Fuel ga

s ad

just

ment

valv

e

By-

pass

val

ve

Coolin

g w

alve

Fan

moto

r 1

Fan

moto

r 2

(Only

for

MD

L v

alev)

Coolin

g w

ater

pum

p

LED

outp

ut(

1)

Refr

igera

nt

H P

ress

ure

SW

Pow

er

supp

ly

Fuel ga

s va

lve 2

Indoor / Outdoor communication



Control board

Inte

llige

nt

contr

olle

r

Ope

rate

/st

op

Chan

ge o

pera

tion

Chan

ge w

ind

dire

ction

Energ

y sa

ving

sett

ing

<H

ybrid

function>

Hyb

rid

basi

c s

ett

ing

Outd

oor

unit s

ett

ing

Pricin

g

Indi

vidu

al o

pera

tion m

ap s

ett

ing

War

nin

g outp

ut

ALLO

N/O

FF inpu

t

Ope

ration m

onitor

outp

ut

Win

d sp

eed

chan

ge

Tem

p se

ttin

g

Concentr

atio

n/In

divi

dual

Weekl

y pr

ogr

am

War

nin

g di

spla

y

Ope

rating

tim

e

Holid

ay s

ett

ing

Dem

and

contr

ol

<O

pera

tion/di

spla

y>

Control board

<Ext

ern

al inpu

t / o

utp

ut>

Unit

Contr

ol

Lin

e

Ｃ－2

Multi-

contr

olle

r

Control-Related 2. Remote Control Warning List

(1) Remote Control Warning List (With Indoor Unit connected): Flashing : Lit : Off

Detection Item Warning Display

Wireless Remote Control Lamp Display

Device Checked

Engine protection device operation

Engine system faults

Engine oil pressure fault A01

Outdoor unit

Engine oil fault A02Engine over-rev fault A03Engine low-rev fault A04Ignition power fault A05Engine start failure A06Fuel gas valve fault A07Stalling A08High exhaust gas temperature A10Engine oil level fault A11Throttle failure A12Oil pressure switch fault A14Crank angle fault A23Cam angle fault A24Accidental fire ault A26

Starter system faultsStarter power output short circuited A15Starter lock A16CT fault (bad starter current detected) A17

Coolant system faults

Low coolant temperature A19High coolant temperature A20Coolant level fault A21Coolant pump overload A22

Clutch fault A25Catalyzer temperature fault (for only model with catalyzer) A27Generator fault (for only G-POWER and W Multi models) A28Converter fault (for only G-POWER and W Multi models) A29Fuel gas low pressure fault A30Remote control unit detected an abnormal signal from an indoor unit

Faulty remote control reception E01 Remote controllerFaulty remote control transmission E02

Faulty reception of (focused) remote control by indoor unit E03Indoor unit

Serial transm

ission faults, invalid settings

Invalid settingDuplicate indoor unit address setting E08

Multiple parent remote control settings E09 Remote controller

Faulty reception at indoor unit from signal output board E11 Indoor unitAutomatic address setting is in progress; automatic address setting start is prohibited E12 Outdoor unit

Faulty transmission from an indoor unit to remote control E13Indoor unit

Faulty group control wiring communication E18Faulty reception by an indoor unit from an outdoor unit E04

Indoor unitFaulty transmission from an indoor unit to an outdoor unit E05Faulty reception by an outdoor unit from an indoor unit E06

Outdoor unit

Faulty transmission from an outdoor unit to an indoor unit E07Automatic address warning

Too few units E15Too many units E16

No indoor unit E20Outdoor main controller board fault E21Outdoor main controller board sensor fault E22Faulty communications between outdoor units (for only W Multi model) E24Wrong guantity of outdoor units (for only W Multi model) E26Outdoor unit wrong tubing connection (for only W Multi model) E28Abnormal transmission within a unit E31

When the water heat exchanger unit is connected in the table above, please replace indoor unit with water heat exchanger unit for the alarm.

Note: Some items are not indicated, depending in model type.

U-20GES3E5

Ｃ－3




Device Checked

Sensor faults

Indoor unit sensor faults

Indoor heat exchanger inlet temperature sensor fault (E1) F01

Indoor unit

Water heat exchanger refrigerant anti-icing sensor fault F02

Indoor heat exchanger outlet temperature sensor fault (E3) F03

Indoor unit intake temperature sensor fault F10Indoor unit blow out temperature sensor fault F11

Outdoor unit sensor faults

Compressor outlet temperature sensor fault F04

Outdoor unit

Outdoor heat exchanger inlet temperature sensor fault F06

Outdoor heat exchanger outlet temperature sensor fault F07

External air temperature sensor fault F08Compressor inlet temperature sensor fault F12Coolant temperature sensor fault F13Compressor inlet/outlet pressure sensor fault F16

Hot water outlet temperature sensor fault (for only hot water removal model) F17

Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault F18Clutch coil temperature sensor fault F20Clutch-2 coil temperature sensor fault F21Oil level sensor fault (for only W Multi model) H08

Compressor oil empty (for only W Multi model) H07

Indoor nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) fault (*1) F29 Indoor unit

Outdoor nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) fault F31 Outdoor unit

Invalid or missing setting

Incompatible outdoor/indoor unit (non-GHP equipment connected) L02Indoor unit

Multiple parent devices set for group control L03Indoor unit priority settings duplicated

Indoor unit priority L05Outdoor unit

Non-indoor unit priority L06Group control cable present for individual-control indoor unit L07

Indoor unitIndoor unit address not set L08Indoor unit capacity not set L09Duplicate system (outdoor unit) address setting L04

Outdoor unitOutdoor unit capacity not set L10Faulty indoor unit type setting L13Faulty indoor unit combination L15Wrong gas type setting L21



Ｃ－4




Device Checked

Faulty connection at indoor unit ceiling panel connector P09

Indoor unit

Protection device operation

Indoor protection devices

Indoor blower fault/Indoor blower rotation fault P01

Indoor unit float witch fault P10Indoor unit drain pump error P11Indoor DC fan fault P12

Outdoor protection devices

High compressor discharge temperature P03

Outdoor unit

Refrigerant high pressure switch action P04Power supply fault P05Water heat exchanger freeze fault (when the water heat exchanger unit is connected)

P11

Refrigerant circuit fault (for only W Multi and 3WAY multi) P13

O2 sensor signal P14All refrigerant gas lost P15Bypass valve fault P184-Way valve lock fault (not detected 3WAY Multi) P19

High refrigerant pressure fault P20Outdoor blower fault P22Water heat exchanger unit interlock fault (for only water heat exchanger unit is connected)

P23

Clutch engagement fault P26

Sub unit of group control fault (System controller) P30 System controller

Group control fault (Warning) P31 Indoor unitOil replacement time (level) warning Outdoor display: oil

Oil check Outdoor unit

Automatic backup online (*2) check



*1: If the indoor nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) is faulty when the power supply is turned on, warning codeF29 is not indicated, but the power source LED on the indoor board starts to fli ker.

*2: In this case, operation of the system is possible, but one of the outdoor units is detected to have stoppedabnormally.

• Warning P30 (group controlled device fault) is sometimes displayed at the system controller.

Ｃ－5


U-10MES2E8 ON: Blinking: OFF:

Possible cause of malfunction

Wired remote control display

Wireless remote controller receiver display

Ope

ratio

n

Tim

er

Stan

dby

for h

eatin

g

Serial communication errors Mis-setting

Remote controller is detecting error signal from indoor unit.

Error in receiving serial communication signal. (Signal from main indoor unit in case of group control) Outdoor system address, indoor unit address, or indoor unit address independent/main/sub unit setting has not been made. (Auto address is not completed.)Error in transmitting serial communication signal.

Indoor unit is detecting error signal from remote controller and system controller.Indoor unit is detecting error signal from outdoor unit.

••

•

<E01>

<E02><<E03>>

<<E09>>

<<L09>>

F05F06F07F08

E04

E08

<E06>Outdoor unit is detecting error signal from indoor unit.

Error in receiving serial communication signal.When turning on the power supply, the number of connected indoor units does not correspond to the number set. (Except R.C. address is “0.”)Group wiring failure of indoor units in the refrigerant system(occurring when remote controller is operated immediately after auto address setting)Error in receiving serial communication signal.There is an indoor unit which does not send signals when the power is ON.

••

Indoor unit address setting is duplicated.•Duplicated remote controller “main” setting.•

Indoor unit communication error of group control wiring.During auto. address setting, number of connected units does not correspond to number set.

Improper setting

Improper setting

Improper setting

Indoor unit

Auto address setting start is prohibited.AP pin (CN24) was short-circuited at time when auto address setting was started.Error of main indoor unit in receiving serial communication signal from sub indoor units.Number of connected indoor units is less than the number set.Number of connected indoor units is more than the number set.No indoor unit is connected during auto. address setting.Main outdoor unit is detecting error signal from sub outdoor unit.Duplicated outdoor unit address.Mismatch in “No. of outdoor units” setting.Error of sub outdoor unit in receiving serial communication signal from main outdoor unit.Outdoor unit serial communications failure.Communication error between the microcomputersConnected indoor unit is not a multi unit.Duplication of main indoor unit address setting in group control.Duplicated indoor unit priority (priority indoor unit).Duplicated indoor unit priority (non-priority indoor unit) and outdoor unit.Group control wiring is connected to individual control indoor unit.Indoor unit address is not set.Capacity code of indoor unit is not set.Duplication of outdoor R.C. address setting.

Capacity code of outdoor unit is not set.

E12

E18

E16E20

E15

E24E25

E29

E30E31

<L03>

L06

L08

L05

<<L02>>

L04

L17L18

L10

L07

Thermistor fault

Mismatch of outdoor unit type.4-way valve operation failureIndoor coil temp. sensor (E1)Indoor coil temp. sensor (E3)Indoor suction air (room) temp. sensor (TA)Indoor discharge air temp. sensor (BL)Comp. No. 1 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH1)Comp. No. 2 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH2)Outdoor No. 1 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG1)Outdoor No. 1 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL1)Outdoor air temp. sensor (TO)

Continued

Operating lamp blinking

Heating ready lamp blinking

Operating lamp blinking

Heating ready lamp blinking

Operating and heating ready lamps blinking simultaneously

Operating and heating ready lamps blinking simultaneously

F04

<<F03>><<F10>><<F11>>

Operating and timer lamps blinking alternately

<<F01>>

E26

Thermistor fault Outdoor unit Operating and timer lamps blinkingalternately

Ｃ－6


ON: Blinking: OFF:

Possible cause of malfunction

Wired remote control display

Wireless remote controller receiver display

Ope

ratio

n

Tim

er

Stan

dby

for h

eatin

g

Thermistor fault Outdoor thermistor is eitheropen or damaged.

Activation ofprotectivedevice

Protective device in indoorunit is activated.

Protective device in outdoorunit is activated.

F12

F16F17

F24F23

F14

<<P09>>

<<P12>>

<<P10>><<P11>>

<<P01>>

P14

Compressor intake temp. sensor (SCT)Temp. sensor at refrigerant gas outlet of dual-tube (SCG)High pressure sensor failure. High pressure trouble.Low-pressure sensor failureOutdoor No. 2 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG2)Outdoor No. 2 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL2)Thermal protector in indoor unit fan motor is activated.Improper wiring connections of ceiling panel.Float switch is activated.Faulty drain pump. Drain pump locked.Operation of protective function of fan inverter.O2 sensor (detects low oxygen level) activatedDischarge temperature error. (Comp. No. 1)High pressure switch is activated.Open phase.DC voltage charge failure (Comp. No. 1)Open phase.DC voltage charge failure (Comp. No. 2)Compressor No. 1 over secondary overcurrent.Discharge temperature error. (Comp. No. 2)Inverter for compressor No. 2 is unusual.High load alarmOutdoor unit fan motor 1 is unusual.Outdoor unit fan motor 2 is unusual.Compressor No. 2 over secondary overcurrent.Inverter for compressor No. 1 is unusual.When alarm message in other indoor units occurs in case of group control, unalarmed state of indoor units are inoperative.

Indoor unit communicationerror of group control wiring.

P04P03

P05P15

P20P19P17

P29

<P31>

P22P24P26

P16

Operating and timer lamps blinkingalternately

Timer and heat ready lamp blinking alternately

Operating and heat ready lamp blinking alternately

<< >> alarm indication: Does not affect the operation of other indoor units.< > alarm indication: In some cases may affect the operation of other indoor units.

(Disconnection, etc.)Abnormal device function

Compressor No. 1 HIC trip (HIC current or temperature).

EEPROM on indoor unit PCB failure

EEPROM on the main or sub outdoor unit PCB has failed.

Protective devicefor compressor is activated

Operating and timer lamp blinking simultaneously

Operating and timer lamp blinking simultaneously

Compressor No. 1 discharge temp. sensor disconnectedProtective device for Compressor No. 2 current trouble (overcurrent)compressor No. 2 is activated. Compressor No. 2 CT sensor disconnected or short circuit

Oil sensor fault.

Timer lamp blinking

Protective device for Compressor No. 1 current trouble (overcurrent)compressor No. 1 is activated. Compressor No. 1 CT sensor disconnected

H31

F29

F31

H11H13H15H06

07H

Compressor No. 2 discharge temp. sensor disconnectedAbnormal decrease of low-pressureLow oil alarm

H08H27

Comp. No. 1 oil sensorComp. No. 2 oil sensorCompressor No. 2 HIC trip (HIC current or temperature). H21

H0305H

H01

Ｃ－7

Control-Related 3. Circuit Drawing

Ｃ－8

Control-Related 3. Circuit Drawing

Balance tubeø6.35 flare connection

Gas tube8 HP: ø19.05 Brazing

connection10 HP: ø22.22 Brazing

8,10 HP:

12 HP:

connection12 HP: ø25.4 Brazing

connection

ø9.52 flare connectionø12.7 flare connection

Liquid tube

Electronic control valve

MOV4

SCG

Heat exchanger

Thermistor

Ex. Name

Filter

Closed

Schrader valve

For LP

For HP

Solenoid valve

Check valve

SAVE

DISCH

OIL

HPHigh pressure switch

High pressure sensor

Compressor

Capillary tube

Capillary tube

Acc

umul

ator

Low pressure sensor

Oil separator

INV

4-way valve

S

S

M

MM

LPS

HPS

S

S

MOV2

EXL2EXL1

EXG2EXG1

TO

MOV1

BPV

ACV

SCT

ORVR

▲○

Outdoor air temperature

sensor

Blank tubing

U-10MES2E8

Ｃ－9

System Design

Contents1.

2.

Operating temperature ranges for heating and cooling ......................................D-2

3.

4.

Effect of refrigerant pipe length on performance ................................................D-3

Sound-proofing measure(1) Installation location and sound-proofing measure ................................................. D-5(2) Attenuation of sound over distance ......................................................................... D-5(3) Sound attenuation by a noise barrier ...................................................................... D-6(4) Additional sound from reflection ............................................................................ D-7(5) Combining sounds .................................................................................................. D-7(6) Converting from octave band levels to overall A weighting .................................... D-8(7) Designing sound-proofing counte measures .......................................................... D-8(8) Sound-proofing calculation sheet ( xample) ........................................................... D-9

Center-of-gravity and earthquake resistance(1) Earthquake resistance calculations ........................................................................ D-10(2) Verifying the strength of foundation bolts during an earthquake ............................. D-10(3) Installation position and center of gravity ................................................................ D-19(4) Example anchor bolt calculation ............................................................................. D-20

Ｄ－1

System Design Cooling

40

30

20

10

40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 50

24

13.5

Operating range for coolingIndoor relative humidity

45-85%

Indo

or in

take

air

wet

bul

b te

mpe

ratu

re

(WBºC)

Outdoor intake air dry bulb temperature (DBºC)

-10 43

Heating

31

18

Operating range for heating

(DBºC) -21

10

40

30

20

10

30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 40

Indo

or in

take

air

dry

bulb

tem

pera

ture

Outdoor intake air wet bulb temperature (WBºC)

Note 1 : The remote control temperature setting range is as shown in the table below. This is slightly different from the system operating temperature range.

Upper limit Lower limitCooling 30 18Heating 30 16

Note 2 : When heating starts (during warm-up), the system can operate even if the indoor temperature is below 10ºC.

Operating temperature rangesfor heating and cooling

1.

Ｄ－2

System Design 2. Effect of refrigerant pipe lengthon performance

Refrigerant piping length: 90m (equivalent length) or less

Ｄ－3

System Design 2. Effect of refrigerant pipe lengthon performance

Refrigerant piping length: Over 90m (equivalent length)

Ｄ－4

System Design 3. Sound-proofing measure

(1) Installation location and sound-proofing measureIf no suitable installation location is available and it is necessary to install in a confined location where there are houses, offices or other buildings nearby, it may be necessary to provide sound barrier walls, sound absorption chambers or other secondary sound-proofing measure .Secondary sound-proofing measure include• Attenuation over distance• Sound-proofing with noise bar iers• Sound-proofing using sound absorbing chamber• Sound-proofing y vibration isolation (anti-vibration pads, fl xible couplings, etc.)

The following criteria are from Tokyo Pollution Prevention Regulations.Criteria for everyday sound levels

Condition

Area type

Ordinary standards Special standards

Morning Daytime Evening NightNear schools and hospitals (approx. 50m)

Soundlevel

(phon)Time

Soundlevel

(phon)Time

Soundlevel

(phon)Time

Soundlevel

(phon)Time

Type 1 Residential and school areas, etc. 40

6 AM to8 AM

458 AM to7 PM

407 PM to11 PM

40

11 PM to

6 AM

Same as at left

Type 2Residential and undesignated areas

45 50 45 45

At least 5 phon lower than at

leftType 3

Commercial, light industrial, industrial areas

55 608 AM to8 PM

558 PM to11 PM

50

Type 4Shopping areas and specially designated areas

60 70 60 55

(2) Attenuation of sound over distanceThe figure at the right shows sound attenuation over distance. (Figure 1)Operating sound is measured 1m from its source.

Example. For a type 280 outdoor unit, the sound level in the 50-Hz range at 3m distance is specified as 56 dB(A). In Figure 1, follow the 3m distance line downwards to where it crosses the slope (a), and then horizontally to point (b) at the left to find the atte uation of 6.8 dB(A).Therefore, 56 – 6.8 = 49.2 dB(A)

Ｄ－5


(3) Sound attenuation by a noise barrierSound attenuation of an indoor unit at a reception point behind a noise barrier or building depends on the frequency and path length difference.

Ex. 2

?

d

B

A

Ex. 3

Ex. 1

Reception point?

d

BA

Soun

d ba

rrier

Outdoor unit

?

d

BA

Reception point

Build

ing

Outdoor unit

Reception pointBuilding

Outdoor unit

Figure 2. Diffraction attenuation

δ = path length differenceδ = (A+B) – d

The barrier should be located as close as possible to the outdoor unit (sound source). (Figure 3)(Be certain to preserve the required space for air intake and exhaust, service and maintenance.)

The barrier should be sufficiently higher than the top of the outdoor unit (Figure 3)(However, not more than 1m higher.)

The width of the barrier should be at least several times the height, on both sides of the center. Wherethis is not possible, the barrier should bend around the unit as shown in Figure 4.

?

B

A

Reception point

Soun

d ba

rrier

Outdoor unit

1 m or less

Effective area

As close as possible (while maintaining minimum clearances required for intake, exhaust and servicing of each unit)

Outdoor unit

Soun

d ba

rrier

At least several times the barrier height

At least several times the barrier height When adjoining

barriers, longer than this line.

Figure 3. Sound barrier Figure 4. Sound barrier

Ｄ－6


(4) Additional sound from reflection Operating sound from outdoor units reflects from the walls of building and ground surfaces. These

reflections are recei ed at the reception point, increasing the sound level of the system. The sound received at the reception point is the sum of the sound propagated directly from the source

plus reflected soundThe reflected sound level is obtained by establishing a virtual sound source (A'), and estimating the sound level at B from A' (subtract the distance attenuation over the path A'-B). See the next paragraph on combining sounds for a description of how to add direct and reflected sound .

(5) Combining soundsFor multiple outdoor units, the sound level at the reception point is determined by combining the sounds from each unit.The combined sound from n units L1, L2, …Ln is expressed by the following formula.If L = the combined sound level,

L = 10 log10 (10L110 + 10

L210 + · · · · · · + 10

L310 )

For example, adding 61 phones and 62 phones gives

L = 10 log10 (106110 + 10

6210 ) = 64.5 dB

This for of expression is applicable for any value of n.Although sound level can be calculated this way, for simplicity, we have prepared graphs to use instead.<Calculation Example 1>Calculate the combined sound level of L1 = 62 [dB] and L2 = 61 [dB]. L1 – L2 = 62 – 61 = 1 [dB], the correction value from Figure 5 is 2.5 [dB], and 62 + 2.5 = 64.5 [dB], so the combined sound level is 64.5 [dB].<Calculation Example 2>To combine sound levels of 60, 64, 63 and 65 dB, first so t the values in order of magnitude.65, 64, 63 and 60 dBThen combine 65 and 64 dB to obtain the difference, 65 – 64 = 1 dB, which has a correction value of 2.5 dB, and 65 + 2.5 = 67.5 dB.Next, combine 67.5 and 63 dB for a difference of 4.5 dB, for which the correction value is 1.3 dB, and 67.5 + 1.3 = 68.8 dB.In the same way, combine 68.8 and 60 dB for level difference of 8.8 dB, for which the correction value is 0.5 dB.And finall , 68.8 + 0.5 = 69.3 dB, which is the combined level of the four sounds.

65 64 63 60Difference = 1

Correction value = 2.5 65+2.5=67.5

Difference = 4.5Correction value = 1.3 67.5+1.3=68.8

Difference = 8.8Correction value = 0.568.8 + 0.5 = 69.3 dB

Figure 5. Combined sound correction values

BA

’

Outdoor Unit

Virtual sound source A'

Soun

d ba

rrier

Reception point

Sound source A

Reception point B

Reflected sound (reflection surface)

Reception point BFigure 7. Adding reflected sound

(ground surface)

Figure 6. Adding reflected sound (wall surface)

Ｄ－7


(6) Converting from octave band levels to overall A weightingTable 1. Correction factor for converting from octave bands to A weighting

Octave band Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000Conversion factor dB –26 –16 –9 –3 0 +1 +1 –1

Using the above table, the A weighting is obtained by adjusting the calculated value for each band by its conversion factor. These values are then combined in order of magnitude, as shown in the following example, to obtain the overall A weighting.

<Calculation example>The octave band levels (dB) are obtained from the frequency analysis table (the operating sound level at the center frequency of each octave band). These values are corrected with the A weighting correction factor to obtain the A weighting. The following calculation determines the operating sound level.

Octave band Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000Octave band level dB 69 66 62 59 56 49.5 45 41.5

Conversion correction dB –26 –16 –9 –3 0 +1 +1 –1A weighting dB(A) 43 50 53 56 56 50.5 46 40.5

These A-weighting values are combined one-by-one in order of magnitude (in the same away as combining different operating sounds).

56 56 53 50.5 50 46 43 40.5 Difference = 0

56+3.0=59

Difference = 6 59+0.95

=59.95Difference = 9.45

59.95+0.45=60.4

Difference = 10.460.4+0.35=60.75

Difference = 14.75

60.75+0.1=60.85Difference = 17.85

60.95

No further calculation necessary 60.85+0.1=60.95

The overall A weighting is thus calculated to be 60.95 dB(A).

(7) Designing sound-proofing counte measures<Calculation example>In the installation drawing at the right, a scheme to suppress operating sound at the reception point is required.First, determine the operating sound level of the outdoor unit at each frequency. By applying this information to Table 1, the sound-proofing calculation sheet, sound attenuation and additions are calculated for the installation.

Ｄ－8


Table 1. Sound-proofing calculation sheet (filled-in xample)Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

1) Operating sound ofoutdoor unit dB

From the operating sound characteristics diagram in the outdoor unit manual

69 66 62 59 56 49.5 45 41.5

2) Distance attenuation dB From distance attenuationFrom Fig. 1, attenuation of unit operating sound = -22

3) Refraction attenuation dB Fig. 2, Refraction attenuation, sound path difference δ = A + B – d = 0.5–3.5 –5 –6.5 –9 –12 –15 –18 –21

4) Additional soundfrom reflections ( allsurface)

dBFig. 6, Additional sound due to reflections ( all)

By calculation or the simplified method, the maxi um value of the two combined sounds is +3

5) Additional sound fromreflections ( roundsurface)

dBFig. 7, Addition sound due to reflection ( round surface)

By calculation or the simplified method, the maxi um value of the two combined sounds is +3

6) Subtotals dB 49.5 45 39.5 34 28 18.5 11 4.57) Overall A-weighting

correction factors dB Conversion factors for A weighting–26 –16 –9 –3 0 +1 +1 –1

8) A weighting dB(A) 23.5 29 30.5 31 28 19.5 12 3.5

When the calculations of Table 1 are completed, the overall A weighting can be calculated.

31 30.5 29 28 23.5 Difference = 0.5

(31 + 2.7)33.7

Difference = 4.7(33.7 + 1.2)

34.9 35.95 30.0Difference = 6.9

(34.9+0.8) 35.7 Difference = 5.95

Difference = 12.2 (35.95+0.95) =36.935.7 + 0.25 = 35.95 dB

The overall A weighting at the reception point is calculated to be 35.95 dB(A). If the ambient noise (when the unit is not operating) is 30.0 dB(A), the combining these levels gives 36.9 dB(A).

(8) Sound-proofing calculation sheet ( xample)Frequency Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

1) Operating sound ofoutdoor unit dB

From the operating sound characteristics diagram in the outdoor unit manual

2) Distance attenuation dB Distance attenuation Distance attenuation value =

3) Refraction attenuation dB Refraction attenuation, sound path difference δ = A + B – d, δ =

4) Additional soundfrom reflections ( allsurface)

dBAdditional sound due to reflections ( all)

By calculation or the simplified method, the maxi um value of the twocombined sounds is +3

5) Additional sound fromreflections ( roundsurface)

dBFig. 7, Addition sound due to reflection ( round surface)

By calculation or the simplified method, the maxi um value of the twocombined sounds is +3

6) Subtotals dB7) Overall A-weighting

correction factors dB Conversion factors for A weighting–26 –16 –9 –3 0 +1 +1 –1

8) A weighting dB(A)By completing the calculations in the above table, the overall A weighting at the reception point is obtained (calculate in order from the highest sound level).Once the overall A weighting has been calculated, combine with the ambient noise level to obtain to total sound level at the reception point.

Ｄ－9

System Design 4. Center-of-gravity and earthquake resistance

(1) Earthquake resistance calculationsSeveral earthquake-resistance ranks are used for carrying out earthquake-resistance calculations, as shown in the following table. Gas heat pump air conditioners are considered to be common use equipment.• Equipment earthquake-resistance ranks

Earthquake-resistance ranks and their meanings are as follows

Maintenance of operation

Horiz. design force (Horizontal seismic

coefficient

Strength calculation

Earthquake-resistance evaluation

Equ

ipm

ent E

arth

quak

e R

esis

tanc

e

Earthquake resistant type

Can be operated after inspection 1.5 G Design target

value

Strength calculation or verification test (Note 2),

and installation earthquake-resistance

Common use type

Can be operated after small-scale repairs

(Note 1)1.0 G As above Installation earthquake-

resistance evaluation (Note 3)

Small equipment As above 0.6 G As above As above

Notes1) Small-scale repairs are those that require up to two days to complete.2) Mainframe strength (static), fasteners for each component (bolts, etc.)3) Mounting bolt calculations, etc.* The table is from “Earthquake-resistant equipment specification criteria for package air conditioners and

water chillers” published by the Japan Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Industry Association.The above criteria are applicable to normal air conditioning equipment installed in buildings subject tonormal approval procedures under the Buildings Standard Law (e.g., less than 60m high)

(2) Verifying the strength of foundation bolts during an earthquake Calculation formulae and table of allowable stresses

• Design earthquake force1) The design earthquake force consists of a horizontal force and a vertical force, acting simultaneously

on the equipment through the center of gravity.2) The following formula gives the design earthquake force.

FH=KH · WFH : Design horizontal force (N) W : Equipment operating weight (N)

FV = 12

FH KH : Design horizontal quake magnitude FV : Design vertical force (N)(Japanese scale)

Equipment rank Design horiz. Magnitude KH (Japanese scale)

Notes1) “Earthquake resistant” refers to essential building

services2) “Common use type” refers to non-essential building

services3) Equipment with earthquake-resistant supports

incorporates stoppers to prevent amplification ofshaking due to resonance. In this case, shock-absorbent materials are placed between the stoppersand equipment so that the stoppers are not damagedor deformed by impact.

Earthquake resistant 1.5 G

Common use type 1.0 G

(Floor or pad mounting)

Ｄ－10


In the diagram above,G : Position of center-of-gravity of equipmentW : Weight (N) of equipment aloneRb : Pull-out force of one mounting bolt (N)n : Total no. of mounting boltsnt : No. of mounting bolts on one side subject to tension

by toppling force (in the direction being considered)hG : Height of unit center-of-gravity above mounting

surface (mm)L : Bold span (mm) from direction of concern (L1 : End-on direction, L2 = Broadside direction)LG : Distance from center-of-bolt to center-of-gravity as

viewed from direction of concern (but LG ≤ /2 (mm))

Mounting bolt pull-out force

Rb= FH · hG - (W-FV) · LG

L · nt

Mounting bolt shear stress

τ= FH

n · A

Table of allowable stress on bolts Units (N/ mm2)

Bolt material Bolt diameterLong-term allowable stress Short-term allowable stressTension (ft) Shear (fs) Tension (ft) Shear (fs)

SS40040 mm or less 118 88 176 132More than 40 mm 108 80 162 121

SUS30440 mm or less 137 103 206 154More than 40 mm 126 94 188 141

Notes1) The values in the above table are derived from “Steel structure design criteria” published by the Architects

Institute of Japan.2) Use the value ft in the table if necessary to investigate bolt tensile stress.3) Strength of a bolt subject to simultaneous tension and shear can be checked as follows.

a) τ fs

b) σ ≤ the smaller of ft or fts, but fts = 1.4ft – 1.6τwhere, τ : Shear stress on bolt

σ : Tensile stress on bolt (σ = Rb/A)fs : Allowable stress on bolt with shear stress only (value from above table)ft : Allowable stress on bolt with tensile stress only (value from above table)fts : Allowable tensile stress on a bolt with simultaneous shear stress, but fts ≤ ft

4) The allowable tensile stresses in the above table are evaluated using the cross-sectional area of theminor diameter of the screw thread. However, when calculating for selection purposes, the cross-sectionalarea based upon the nominal diameter may be used.

5) If the threaded portion is subject to shear, then if using the cross-sectional area based upon the nominaldiameter, multiply the value of fs in the above table by 0.75.

FH : Design horizontal force (N) (FH =KH · W)FV : Design vertical force (N)

FV = 12

FH

A : Nominal cross-sectional area of one mounting bolt (mm2)

τ: Shear stress on bolt (N/ mm2)fts : Allowable tensile stress on a bolt with

simultaneous shear stress (N/ mm2) However, fts ≤ ftMounting bolt tensile stress

δ= Rb

A

Allowable tensile stress on a bolt with simultaneous shear stress

fts = 1.4ft - 1.6τ

Ｄ－11

System Design 4. Center-of-gravity and earthquake resistance(1

) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut fo

rce

of e

mbe

dded

J- a

nd J

A-ty

pe b

olts

Inst

alla

tion

loca

tion:

a)

Sol

id fo

unda

tion

b)U

pper

sur

face

of n

orm

al fl

oor s

lac)

Botto

m s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

cei

ling

slab,

con

cret

e wa

ll sur

face

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of

a bo

lt is

obt

aine

d w

ith t

he

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

she

ar s

tress

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

44.1

N/m

m2 (

for S

S40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wab

le

tens

ile s

tress

is n

ot e

xcee

ded

mus

t be

verif

ied

Ta=6

π · L

2 · p

…

(a)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)L

= E

mbe

dded

leng

th o

f anc

hor b

olt (

mm

)H

owev

er, L

mus

t be

betw

een

60 a

nd 3

00p

= C

orre

ctio

n fa

ctor

for c

oncr

ete

desi

gn s

treng

th is

P =

1 6M

in

Fc 30, 0

.49

+ Fc 10

0F C

= C

oncr

ete

desi

gn c

hara

cter

istic

stre

ngth

(N/m

m2 )

(Nor

mal

ly, 1

7.6

N/m

m2 i

s us

ed.)

For b

olts

nea

r a c

orne

r or e

dge

of a

foun

datio

n, if

the

dist

ance

from

th

e ce

nter

of t

he b

olt t

o th

e ed

ge is

C ≤

L, t

he a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm

pull-

out l

oad

of th

e bo

lt is

giv

en b

y ei

ther

form

ula

(b) o

r (c)

bel

ow.

1)Fo

r L ≤

C +

h,

Ta=6

π · C

2 · p

…

(b)

2)Fo

r L >

C +

h,

Ta=6

π · (

L · h

)2 · p

…

(c)

Whe

re C

= th

e di

stan

ce fr

om th

e ed

ge o

f the

foun

datio

n to

the

cent

er o

f the

bol

t (m

m)

How

ever

, L

≥ C

≥ 4

d, a

nd1 2

C ≥

50

mm

h =

Foun

datio

n pa

d he

ight

(mm

)N

otes

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. I

n th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

, is

appr

ox. 4

.5 d

for a

JIS

bol

t.3.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d

(nom

inal

)C

oncr

ete

thic

knes

s (m

m)

120

150

180

200

M 8

8820

8820

8820

8820

M10

1176

011

760

1176

011

760

M12

1176

011

760

1176

011

760

M16

-11

760

1176

011

760

M20

--

1176

011

760

M24

--

-11

760

Leng

th o

f bol

tem

bedd

ed, L

(mm

)10

0-d

130-

d16

0-d

180-

d

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

em

bedd

edas

sho

wn

in th

e di

agra

m a

bove

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft. In

any

cas

e, th

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

on

one

bolt

mus

t not

exc

eed

11,7

60 N

.4.

It is

des

irabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

eab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

5. I

n th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

, is

appr

ox. 4

.5 d

for a

JIS

bol

t.6.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

858

8058

8058

8058

80M

1078

4078

4078

4078

40M

1278

4078

4078

4078

40M

16-

7840

7840

7840

M20

--

7840

7840

M24

--

-78

40Le

ngth

of b

olt

embe

dded

, L (m

m)

100-

d13

0-d

160-

d18

0-d

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

em

bedd

edas

sho

wn

in th

e di

agra

m a

bove

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e FC

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft, a

nd d

ivid

e th

e re

sult

by 1

.5 to

obt

ain

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad. I

n an

y ca

se, t

he a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

on o

ne b

olt m

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 7,

840

N.

4.It

is d

esira

ble

that

L ≥

6d.

The

con

ditio

ns in

dica

ted

by “-

” in

the

abov

e ta

ble

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.5.

In

the

abov

e di

agra

m, l

is a

ppro

x. 4

.5 d

for a

JIS

bol

t.6.

It is

nec

essa

ry t

o in

vest

igat

e th

e sh

ort-t

erm

pul

l-out

loa

d of

norm

al s

uppo

rts w

ith re

gard

to e

arth

quak

es w

hen

the

supp

orts

are

inst

alle

d in

the

botto

m o

f cei

ling

slab

s an

d on

con

cret

e w

alls

desi

gned

to s

uppo

rt he

avy

obje

cts.

For

this

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

utlo

ad, s

ee It

em b

, “S

hort-

term

pul

l-out

load

s.”7.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Ｄ－12


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f em

bedd

ed L

- and

LA

-type

bol

tsIn

stal

latio

n lo

catio

n:

a) S

olid

foun

datio

nb)

Upp

er s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

floo

r sla

c)Bo

ttom

sur

face

of n

orm

al c

eilin

g sla

b, c

oncr

ete

wall s

urfa

ce

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of

a bo

lt is

obt

aine

d w

ith t

he

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

she

ar s

tress

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

44.1

N/m

m2 (

for S

S40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wab

le

tens

ile s

tress

is n

ot e

xcee

ded

mus

t be

verif

ied

Ta =

π ·

d ·

· fc

…(a

)W

here

,Ta

= A

ncho

r bol

t allo

wab

le s

hort-

term

pul

l-out

load

(N)

d =

Anc

hor b

olt n

omin

al d

iam

eter

(mm

)=

Em

bedd

ed le

ngth

of a

ncho

r bol

t (m

m).

(the

leng

th fr

om 2

0mm

bel

ow th

e su

rface

of t

he c

oncr

ete

foun

datio

n.)

fc =

sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

bon

d st

ress

in re

info

rced

con

cret

e

fc =

9 100 F

C

(fro

m “

Sta

ndar

d fo

r R

C s

truc

ture

s de

sign

,” pu

blis

hed

by t

he

Arc

hite

ctur

al In

stitu

te o

f Jap

an)

F C =

Con

cret

e de

sign

cha

ract

eris

tic s

treng

th (N

/mm

2 )(N

orm

ally,

17.

6 N

/mm

2 is

used

.)Fo

r an

chor

bol

ts p

ositi

oned

in th

e co

rner

or

near

the

edge

of t

he

foun

datio

n, t

he s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad s

hall

be t

aken

to

be

the

min

imum

of t

he v

alue

s fro

m fo

rmul

ae (b

) bel

ow, a

nd (a

).Ta

= 6

π ·

C2 ·

p

…(b

)W

here

C =

the

dist

ance

from

the

edge

of t

he fo

unda

tion

to th

e ce

nter

of

the

bolt

(mm

)

How

ever

, C ≥

4d,

and

C -

d 2 ≥

50

mm

p =

Cor

rect

ion

fact

or fo

r con

cret

e de

sign

stre

ngth

is

P =

1 6M

in

Fc 30, 0

.49

+ Fc 10

0N

otes

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

831

3643

1255

8663

70M

1039

2053

9069

5879

38M

1247

0465

6683

3095

06M

16-

8722

1117

211

760

M20

--

1176

011

760

M24

--

-11

760

Effe

ctiv

e em

bedd

ed

leng

th (

) (m

m)

8011

014

016

0

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

em

bedd

edas

sho

wn

in th

e di

agra

m a

bove

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft. In

any

cas

e, th

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

on

one

bolt

mus

t not

exc

eed

11,7

60 N

.4.

It is

des

irabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

eab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

5. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

820

5828

4237

2442

14M

1025

4835

2846

0652

92M

1231

3643

1254

8862

72M

16-

5782

7448

7840

M20

--

7840

7840

M24

--

-78

40E

ffect

ive

embe

dded

le

ngth

( ) (

mm

)80

110

140

160

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

em

bedd

edas

sho

wn

in th

e di

agra

m a

bove

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft, a

nd d

ivid

e th

e re

sult

by 1

.5 to

obt

ain

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad. I

n an

y ca

se, t

he a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

on o

ne b

olt m

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 7,

840

N.

4.It

is d

esira

ble

that

L ≥

6d.

The

con

ditio

ns in

dica

ted

by “-

” in

the

abov

e ta

ble

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.5.

It i

s ne

cess

ary

to in

vest

igat

e ite

m b

), th

e sh

ort-t

erm

pul

l-out

load

of n

orm

al s

uppo

rts w

ith re

gard

to e

arth

quak

es w

hen

the

supp

orts

are

inst

alle

d in

the

botto

m o

f cei

ling

slab

s an

d on

con

cret

e w

alls

desi

gned

to s

uppo

rt he

avy

obje

cts.

6. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Ｄ－13


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f em

bedd

ed b

olts

with

hea

dsIn

stal

latio

n lo

catio

n:

a) S

olid

foun

datio

nb)

Upp

er s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

floo

r sla

c)Bo

ttom

sur

face

of n

orm

al c

eilin

g sla

b, c

oncr

ete

wall s

urfa

ce

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of

a bo

lt is

obt

aine

d w

ith t

he

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

she

ar s

tress

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

44.1

N/m

m2 (

for S

S40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wab

le

tens

ile s

tress

is n

ot e

xcee

ded

mus

t be

verif

ied

Ta=6

π · L

(L+B

) · p

…

(a)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)d

= A

ncho

r bol

t nom

inal

dia

met

er (m

m)

B =

Min

imum

bol

t hea

d w

idth

(mm

), (d

ista

nce

acro

ss fl

atsi

des

of J

IS s

tand

ard

hex

bolt

head

)p

= C

orre

ctio

n fa

ctor

for c

oncr

ete

desi

gn s

treng

th is

P =

1 6M

in

Fc 30, 0

.49

+ Fc 10

0F C

= C

oncr

ete

desi

gn c

hara

cter

istic

stre

ngth

(N/m

m2 )

(Nor

mal

ly, 1

7.6

N/m

m2 i

s us

ed.)

For b

olts

nea

r a c

orne

r or e

dge

of a

foun

datio

n, if

the

dist

ance

from

th

e ce

nter

of t

he b

olt t

o th

e ed

ge is

C ≤

L +

B, t

he a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm

pull-

out l

oad

of th

e bo

lt is

giv

en b

y ei

ther

form

ula

(b) o

r (c)

bel

ow.

1)Fo

r L ≤

C +

h,

Ta=6

π · C

2 · p

…

(b)

2)Fo

r L >

C +

h,

Ta=6

π · C

2 · p

…

(c)

Whe

re C

= th

e di

stan

ce fr

om th

e ed

ge o

f the

foun

datio

n to

the

cent

er

of th

e bo

lt (m

m)

How

ever

, L

+ B

≥ C

, and

C -

d 2 ≥

50

mm

h =

Foun

datio

n pa

d he

ight

(mm

)N

otes

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. T

hick

ness

H in

the

abov

e di

agra

m s

houl

d be

no

less

than

that

of

a JI

S s

tand

ard

hex

bolt

head

.3.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)B

olt s

ize

120

150

180

200

H (m

m)

B (m

m)

M 8

8820

8820

8820

8820

5513

M10

1176

011

760

1176

011

760

717

M12

1176

011

760

1176

011

760

819

M16

-11

760

1176

011

760

1024

M20

--

1176

011

760

1330

M24

--

-11

760

1536

Leng

th o

f bol

t em

bedd

ed, L

(m

m)

100-

H13

0-H

160-

H18

0-H

Not

es1.

The

tabl

e sh

ows

the

shor

t-ter

m p

ull-o

ut lo

ad fo

r bol

ts e

mbe

dded

in c

oncr

ete

of v

ario

us th

ickn

esse

s as

sho

wn

in th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

st

rong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In a

ny c

ase,

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut

load

on

one

bolt

mus

t not

exc

eed

11,7

60 N

.4.

It is

des

irabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

eab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

5.D

imen

sion

s B

and

H in

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am a

re t

he d

ista

nce

acro

ss th

e fla

tsid

es o

f the

hea

d an

d th

e th

ickn

ess

of th

e he

ad,

resp

ectiv

ely,

for J

IS s

tand

ard

hex

bolt.

6. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)B

olt s

ize

120

150

180

200

H (m

m)

B (m

m)

M 8

5880

5880

5880

5880

5513

M10

7840

7840

7840

7840

717

M12

7840

7840

7840

7840

819

M16

-78

4078

4078

4010

24M

20-

-78

4078

4013

30M

24-

--

7840

1536

Leng

th o

f bol

t em

bedd

ed, L

(m

m)

100-

H13

0-H

160-

H18

0-H

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

em

bedd

edas

sho

wn

in th

e di

agra

m a

bove

.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

st

rong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left,

and

div

ide

the

resu

lt by

1.5

to o

btai

n th

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

. In

any

case

, the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad

on o

ne b

olt m

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 7,

840

N.

4.It

is d

esira

ble

that

L ≥

6d.

The

con

ditio

ns in

dica

ted

by “-

” in

the

abov

e ta

ble

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.5.

It is

nec

essa

ry t

o in

vest

igat

e th

e sh

ort-t

erm

pul

l-out

loa

d of

norm

al s

uppo

rts w

ith re

gard

to e

arth

quak

es w

hen

the

supp

orts

ar

e in

stal

led

in th

e bo

ttom

of c

eilin

g sl

abs

and

on c

oncr

ete

wal

ls

desi

gned

to s

uppo

rt he

avy

obje

cts.

For

this

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut

load

, see

Item

b, “

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ads.”

6. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Ｄ－14


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f J- a

nd J

A-ty

pe b

olts

and

hea

ded

bolts

in b

oxou

ts(B

oxou

t tec

hniq

ues

are

not a

pplic

able

to th

e un

ders

ide

of c

eilin

g sl

abs

or c

oncr

ete

wal

l sur

face

s)In

stal

latio

n lo

catio

n:

a) S

olid

foun

datio

nb)

Upp

er s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

floo

r sla

c) Bo

ttom

surfa

ce of

norm

al ce

iling s

lab, c

oncre

te wa

ll sur

face

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of a

bol

t is

obta

ined

with

the

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae.

How

ever

, if t

he s

hear

stre

ss o

n th

e bo

lt ex

ceed

s 44

.1 N

/mm

2 (fo

r SS

400)

, bol

t stre

ngth

and

as

sura

nce

that

allo

wab

le te

nsile

stre

ss is

not

exc

eede

d m

ust b

e ve

rifie

dFo

r FC

1 ≤ F

C2

Ta =

F C1

80 π

· L

· W

…(a

)

For F

C1 >

FC

2 (e.

g., i

n no

n-sh

rink

mor

tar)

Ta =

F C2

80 π

· L

· W

…(a

)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)L

= E

mbe

dded

leng

th o

f anc

hor b

olt (

mm

)F C

1 = C

hara

cter

istic

des

ign

stre

ngth

of b

ackf

ill m

ota

r (N

/mm

2 )F C

2 = C

hara

cter

istic

des

ign

stre

ngth

of s

urro

undi

ng c

oncr

ete

(N/m

m2 )

Nor

mal

ly, F

C1 =

11.

8 N

/mm

2 and

FC

2 = 1

7.6

N/m

m2 a

re u

sed.

W =

Wid

th o

f anc

hor b

olt b

oxou

t (be

twee

n 10

0mm

and

150

mm

).U

se th

e sm

alle

st d

imen

sion

for r

ecta

ngul

ar s

hape

s. H

owev

er, t

he in

tern

al s

urfa

ces

of th

e bo

x in

sert

mus

t be

suffi

cien

tly ro

ughe

ned

For a

ncho

r bol

ts p

ositio

ned

in th

e co

rner

or n

ear t

he e

dge

of th

e fo

unda

tion,

the

shor

t-ter

m a

llowa

ble

pull-

out l

oad

shal

l be

take

n to

be

eith

er o

f the

val

ues

from

form

ulae

(c) a

nd (d

) or (

e) a

nd (f

) bel

ow.

1)Fo

r FC

1 ≤ F

C2 a

nd L

≤ h

,Ta

= F C

1

80 π

· L

· W A 10

…(c

)

2)Fo

r FC

1 ≤ F

C2 a

nd L

> h

,Ta

= F C

1

80π

· L ·

W (

L - h

+ A 10

h )

…(d

)

3)Fo

r FC

1 > F

C2 a

nd L

≤ h

,Ta

= F C

2

80π

· L ·

W A 10

…(e

)

4)Fo

r FC

1 > F

C2 a

nd L

> h

,Ta

= F C

2

80π

· L ·

W (

L - h

+ A 10

h )

…(f)

Whe

re,

h =

Foun

datio

n pa

d he

ight

(mm

)A

= D

ista

nce

from

edg

e of

anc

hor b

oxou

t to

edge

of f

ound

atio

n pa

d (m

m)

Not

es

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

831

3645

0854

8862

72M

1031

3645

0854

8862

72M

12-

4508

5488

6272

M16

--

5488

6272

M20

--

5488

6272

M24

--

--

Leng

th o

f bol

tem

bedd

ed, L

(mm

)80

-d11

0-d

140-

d16

0-d

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

embe

dded

as

show

n in

the

diag

ram

abo

ve, w

ith F

C1 =

11.8

N/m

m2 ,

F C2 =

17.

6 N

/mm

2 , an

d W

= 1

00 m

m.

2. W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

,or

if th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s,th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

t loa

d ca

n be

cal

cula

ted

acco

rdin

g w

ithth

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

a s

trong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In a

ny c

ase,

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f on

e bo

ltm

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 11

,760

N.

3. I

t is

desi

rabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

e ab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

4. T

he a

bove

tabl

e ca

n be

use

d fo

r box

out w

idth

s up

to15

0 m

m.

5. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0%m

argi

n.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

848

0267

6282

3288

20M

1048

0267

6282

3294

08M

12-

6762

8232

9408

M16

--

8232

9408

M20

--

8232

9408

M24

--

-94

08Le

ngth

of b

olt

embe

dded

, L (m

m)

80-d

110-

d14

0-d

160-

d

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

embe

dded

as

show

n in

the

diag

ram

abo

ve, w

ith F

C1 =

20.6

N/m

m2 ,

F C2 =

17.

6 N

/mm

2 , an

d W

= 1

00 m

m.

2. W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

,or

if th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s,th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

t loa

d ca

n be

cal

cula

ted

acco

rdin

g w

ithth

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

a s

trong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In a

ny c

ase,

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

n on

e bo

ltm

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 11

,760

N.

3. I

t is

desi

rabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

e ab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

4. T

he a

bove

tabl

e ca

n be

use

d fo

r box

out w

idth

s up

to15

0 m

m.

5. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0%m

argi

n.

Ｄ－15


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f em

bedd

ed L

- and

LA

-type

bol

ts in

box

outs

(Box

out t

echn

ique

s ar

e no

t app

licab

le to

the

unde

rsid

e of

cei

ling

slab

s or

con

cret

e w

all s

urfa

ces)

Inst

alla

tion

loca

tion:

a)

Sol

id fo

unda

tion

b)U

pper

sur

face

of n

orm

al fl

oor s

lac)

Botto

m su

rface

of no

rmal

ceilin

g slab

, con

crete

wall s

urfac

e

The

shor

t-ter

m a

llowa

ble

pull-

out l

oad

of a

bol

t is

the

smal

ler o

f the

val

ue o

btai

ned

from

form

ula

(a)

in it

em (2

) or t

he fo

llowi

ng fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

pul

l-out

load

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

14.7

N/m

m2 (

for

SS40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wabl

e te

nsile

stre

ss is

not

exc

eede

d m

ust b

e ve

rifie

dFo

r FC

1 ≤ F

C2

Ta =

F C1

80 π

· L

· W

…(a

)

For F

C1 >

FC

2 (e.

g., i

n no

n-sh

rink

mor

tar)

Ta =

F C2

80 π

· L

· W

…(b

)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)L

= E

mbe

dded

leng

th o

f anc

hor b

olt (

mm

)F C

1 = C

hara

cter

istic

des

ign

stre

ngth

of b

ackf

ill m

ota

r (N

/mm

2 )F C

2 = C

hara

cter

istic

des

ign

stre

ngth

of s

urro

undi

ng c

oncr

ete

(N/m

m2 )

Nor

mal

ly, F

C1 =

11.

8 N

/mm

2 and

FC

2 = 1

7.6

N/m

m2 a

re u

sed.

W =

Wid

th o

f anc

hor b

olt b

oxou

t (be

twee

n 10

0mm

and

150

mm

).U

se th

e sm

alle

st d

imen

sion

for r

ecta

ngul

ar s

hape

s. H

owev

er, t

he in

tern

al s

urfa

ces

of th

e bo

x in

sert

mus

t be

suffi

cien

tly ro

ughe

ned

For a

ncho

r bolt

s pos

itione

d in

the

corn

er o

r nea

r the

edg

e of

the

foun

datio

n, th

e sh

ort-t

erm

allo

wable

pull

-out

loa

d sh

all b

e ta

ken

to b

e eit

her o

f the

value

s fro

m fo

rmula

e (a

) in

item

(2),

and

(c) a

nd (d

) or (

e) a

nd (f

) belo

w.1)

For F

C1 ≤

FC

2 and

L ≤

h,

Ta =

F C1

80 π

· L

· W A 10

…(c

)

2)Fo

r FC

1 ≤ F

C2 a

nd L

> h

,Ta

= F C

1

80π

· L ·

W (

L - h

+ A 10

h )

…(d

)

3)Fo

r FC

1 > F

C2 a

nd L

≤ h

,Ta

= F C

2

80π

· L ·

W A 10

…(e

)

4)Fo

r FC

1 > F

C2 a

nd L

> h

,Ta

= F C

2

80π

· L ·

W (

L - h

+ A 10

h )

…(f)

Whe

re,

h =

Foun

datio

n pa

d he

ight

(mm

) A :

A =

Dis

tanc

e fro

m e

dge

of a

ncho

r box

out t

o ed

ge o

f fo

unda

tion

pad

(mm

), an

d A

is g

reat

er th

an 1

00 m

m, b

ut n

ot m

ore

than

150

mm

Not

es

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

815

6823

5231

3637

24M

1019

6029

4039

2046

06M

12-

3528

4704

5586

M16

--

5488

6272

M20

--

5488

6272

M24

--

-62

72Le

ngth

of b

olt

embe

dded

, L (m

m)

80-d

110-

d14

0-d

160-

d

Effe

ctive

leng

th o

f bol

t em

bedd

ed, (

) (m

m)

6090

120

140

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

embe

dded

as

show

n in

the

diag

ram

abo

ve, w

ith F

C1 =

11.8

N/m

m2 ,

F C2 =

17.

6 N

/mm

2 , an

d W

= 1

00 m

m.

2. W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

,or

if th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s,th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

t loa

d ca

n be

cal

cula

ted

acco

rdin

g w

ithth

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

a s

trong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In

any

cas

e, th

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

on

one

bolt

mus

t not

exc

eed

11,7

60 N

.3.

It i

s de

sira

ble

that

L ≥

6d.

The

con

ditio

ns in

dica

ted

by“-

” in

the

abov

e ta

ble

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.4.

The

abo

ve ta

ble

can

be u

sed

for b

oxou

t wid

ths

up to

150

mm

.5.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

823

5235

2847

0455

86M

1029

4044

1059

7869

58M

12-

5292

7154

8330

M16

--

8232

9408

M20

--

8232

9408

M24

--

-94

08Le

ngth

of b

olt

embe

dded

, L (m

m)

80-d

110-

d14

0-d

160-

d

Effe

ctive

leng

th o

f bol

t em

bedd

ed, (

) (m

m)

6090

120

140

Not

es1.

The

se a

re s

hort-

term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ads

for b

olts

embe

dded

as

show

n in

the

diag

ram

abo

ve, w

ith F

C1 =

20.6

N/m

m2 ,

F C2 =

17.

6 N

/mm

2 , an

d W

= 1

00 m

m.

2. W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m th

e ab

ove

diag

ram

,or

if th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s,th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

t loa

d ca

n be

cal

cula

ted

acco

rdin

g w

ithth

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

a s

trong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In a

ny c

ase,

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

n on

e bo

ltm

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 11

,760

N.

3. I

t is

desi

rabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

e ab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

4. T

he a

bove

tabl

e ca

n be

use

d fo

r box

out w

idth

s up

to15

0 m

m.

5. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0%m

argi

n.

Ｄ－16


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad o

f pos

t-dril

led

resi

n an

chor

sIn

stal

latio

n lo

catio

n:

a) S

olid

foun

datio

nb)

Upp

er s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

floo

r sla

c)Bo

ttom

sur

face

of n

orm

al c

eilin

g sla

b, c

oncr

ete

wall s

urfa

ce

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of

a bo

lt is

obt

aine

d w

ith t

he

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

she

ar s

tress

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

44.1

N/m

m2 (

for S

S40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wab

le

tens

ile s

tress

is n

ot e

xcee

ded

mus

t be

verif

ied

Ta=

Fc 8 π

· d 2

· L

…

(a)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)L

= E

mbe

dded

leng

th o

f anc

hor b

olt (

mm

)d 2

= D

iam

eter

of d

rille

d ho

le in

con

cret

e (m

m)

F C =

Con

cret

e de

sign

cha

ract

eris

tic s

treng

th (N

/mm

2 )Fo

r fo

unda

tion

bolts

pos

ition

ed n

ear

a co

rner

or

edge

of

the

foun

datio

n, th

e sh

ort-t

erm

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut s

treng

th s

hall

be ta

ken

to b

e th

e m

inim

um o

f the

val

ues

from

form

ula

(a) a

bove

, or f

orm

ula

(b) o

r (c)

bel

ow.

1)Fo

r L ≤

C +

h,

Ta=6

π · C

2 · p

…

(b)

2)Fo

r L >

C +

h,

Ta=6

π(L-

h)2 p

…

(c)

Whe

re C

= th

e di

stan

ce fr

om th

e ed

ge o

f the

foun

datio

n to

the

cent

er

of th

e bo

lt (m

m)

How

ever

, C ≥

4d,

and

C -

d 2 ≥

50

mm

p =

Cor

rect

ion

fact

or f

or c

oncr

ete

desi

gn s

treng

th is

P =

1 6 M

in

Fc 30, 0

.49

+ Fc 10

0N

otes

1. L

sho

uld

be ≥

6d

(whe

re d

= n

omin

al a

ncho

r bol

t dia

met

er).

2. I

f the

con

cret

e de

sign

cha

ract

eris

tic s

treng

th F

C e

xcee

ds 2

9.4

N/

mm

2 , pe

rform

the

calc

ulat

ion

usin

g 29

.4 N

/mm

2 .3.

Dia

met

er d

2 of

the

dril

led

hole

in

conc

rete

sho

uld

be t

hat

reco

mm

ende

d by

the

resi

n an

chor

bol

t man

ufac

ture

r.4.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)

Bol

t dia

met

erd

(nom

inal

)C

oncr

ete

thic

knes

s (m

m)

Embe

dded

len

gth

L (m

m)

Dril

led

hole

dia

. d 2

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

1074

4874

4874

4874

4880

13.5

M12

9016

9016

7448

9016

9014

.5M

16-

1176

090

1611

760

110

20M

20-

-11

760

1176

012

024

Leng

th li

mit

of

embe

dded

bol

t (m

m)

100

130

160

180

Not

es1.

The

tabl

e sh

ows

the

shor

t-ter

m a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

for r

esin

anch

or b

olts

em

bedd

ed fo

r the

leng

ths

show

n in

dril

led

hole

s w

ithth

e in

dica

ted

diam

eter

s.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft. In

any

cas

e, th

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

on

one

bolt

mus

t not

exc

eed

11,7

60 N

.4.

It is

des

irabl

e th

at L

≥ 6

d. T

he c

ondi

tions

indi

cate

d by

“-” i

n th

eab

ove

tabl

e sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

5. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)

Bol

t dia

met

erd

(nom

inal

)C

oncr

ete

thic

knes

s (m

m)

Embe

dded

len

gth

L (m

m)

Dril

led

hole

dia

. d 2

(mm

)12

015

018

020

0M

1049

0049

0049

0049

0080

13.5

M12

5978

5978

5978

5978

9014

.5M

16-

7840

7840

7840

110

20M

20-

-78

4078

4012

024

Leng

th li

mit

of

embe

dded

bol

t (m

m)

100

130

160

180

Not

es1.

The

tabl

e sh

ows

the

shor

t-ter

m a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

for r

esin

anch

or b

olts

em

bedd

ed fo

r the

leng

ths

show

n in

dril

led

hole

s w

ithth

e in

dica

ted

diam

eter

s.2.

The

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

is ta

ken

to b

e F C

=17

.6 N

/mm

2 .3.

Whe

n th

e di

men

sion

s di

ffer

from

the

abo

ve d

iagr

am,

or if

the

conc

rete

des

ign

char

acte

ristic

stre

ngth

diff

ers,

then

the

pull-

out

load

can

be

calc

ulat

ed a

ccor

ding

with

the

form

ulae

for b

olts

in a

stro

ng fo

unda

tion,

at t

he le

ft, a

nd d

ivid

e th

e re

sult

by 1

.5 to

obt

ain

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad. I

n an

y ca

se, t

he a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

on o

ne b

olt m

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 7,

840

N.

4.It

is d

esira

ble

that

L ≥

6d.

The

con

ditio

ns in

dica

ted

by “-

” in

the

abov

e ta

ble

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.5.

It is

nec

essa

ry t

o in

vest

igat

e th

e sh

ort-t

erm

pul

l-out

loa

d of

norm

al s

uppo

rts w

ith re

gard

to e

arth

quak

es w

hen

the

supp

orts

are

inst

alle

d in

the

botto

m o

f cei

ling

slab

s an

d on

con

cret

e w

alls

desi

gned

to s

uppo

rt he

avy

obje

cts.

For

this

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

utlo

ad, s

ee It

em b

, “S

hort-

term

pul

l-out

load

s.”6.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Ｄ－17


) Allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad fo

r pos

t-ins

talle

d sc

rew

-type

mec

hani

cal a

ncho

r bol

tsIn

stal

latio

n lo

catio

n:

a) S

olid

foun

datio

nb)

Upp

er s

urfa

ce o

f nor

mal

floo

r sla

c)Bo

ttom

sur

face

of n

orm

al c

eilin

g sla

b, c

oncr

ete

wall s

urfa

ce

Sho

rt-te

rm a

llow

able

pul

l-out

load

of

a bo

lt is

obt

aine

d w

ith t

he

follo

win

g fo

rmul

ae. H

owev

er, i

f the

she

ar s

tress

on

the

bolt

exce

eds

44.1

N/m

m2 (

for S

S40

0), b

olt s

treng

th a

nd a

ssur

ance

that

allo

wab

le

tens

ile s

tress

is n

ot e

xcee

ded

mus

t be

verif

ied

Ta=

6π ·

L2 · p

…

(a)

Whe

re,

Ta =

Anc

hor b

olt a

llow

able

sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)L

= E

mbe

dded

leng

th o

f anc

hor b

olt (

mm

)(M

ay b

e ta

ken

to b

e th

e de

pth

of th

e dr

illed

hol

e.)

P =

Cor

rect

ion

fact

or fo

r con

cret

e de

sign

stre

ngth

is

P =

1 6M

in

Fc 30, 0

.49

+ Fc 10

0F C

= C

oncr

ete

desi

gn c

hara

cter

istic

stre

ngth

(N/m

m2)

(Nor

mal

ly, 1

7.6

N/m

m2

is u

sed.

)Fo

r bol

ts n

ear a

cor

ner o

r edg

e of

a fo

unda

tion,

if th

e di

stan

ce fr

om

the

cent

er o

f the

bol

t to

the

edge

is C

≤ L

, the

allo

wab

le s

hort-

term

pu

ll-ou

t loa

d of

the

bolt

is g

iven

by

form

ula

(b) b

elow

.Ta

= 6π

· C

2 · p

…

(b)

Whe

re C

= th

e di

stan

ce fr

om th

e ed

ge o

f the

foun

datio

n to

the

cent

er

of th

e bo

lt (m

m)

How

ever

, C ≥

4d,

and

C -

d 2 ≥

50

mm

Not

e 1.

If

type

1 o

r 2 lig

htw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)E

mbe

dded

le

ngth

L (m

m)

120

150

180

200

M8

2940

2940

2940

2940

40M

1037

2437

2437

2437

2445

M12

6566

6566

6566

6566

60M

1690

1690

1690

1690

1670

M20

1176

011

760

1176

011

760

90M

2411

760

1176

011

760

1176

010

0Le

ngth

lim

it of

em

bedd

ed b

olt

(mm

)

100

or

less

120

or

less

160

or

less

180

or

less

Not

es1.

The

abo

ve ta

ble

show

s th

e sh

ort-t

erm

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad fo

ran

chor

bol

ts e

mbe

dded

for t

he le

ngth

s sh

own.

2.Th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th is

take

n to

be

FC =

17.6

N/m

m2 .

3.W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m t

he a

bove

dia

gram

, or

if t

heco

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s, th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

tlo

ad c

an b

e ca

lcul

ated

acc

ordi

ng w

ith th

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

ast

rong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left.

In a

ny c

ase,

the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

utlo

ad o

n on

e bo

lt m

ust n

ot e

xcee

d 11

,760

N.

4. D

o no

t use

bol

ts w

ith a

n em

bedd

ed le

ngth

less

than

that

sho

wn

in th

e rig

htm

ost c

olum

n.5.

If t

ype

1 or

2 li

ghtw

eigh

t con

cret

e is

use

d, a

llow

10%

mar

gin.

Long

-term

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad (N

)B

olt d

iam

eter

d (n

omin

al)

Con

cret

e th

ickn

ess

(mm

)E

mbe

dded

le

ngth

L (m

m)

120

150

180

200

M8

1960

1960

1960

1960

40M

1024

5024

5024

5024

5045

M12

4410

4410

4410

4410

60M

1659

7859

7859

7859

7870

M20

7840

7840

7840

7840

90M

2478

4078

4078

4078

4010

0Le

ngth

lim

it of

em

bedd

ed b

olt

(mm

)

100

or

less

120

or

less

160

or

less

180

or

less

Not

es1.

The

abo

ve ta

ble

show

s th

e sh

ort-t

erm

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

ad fo

ran

chor

bol

ts e

mbe

dded

for t

he le

ngth

s sh

own.

2.Th

e co

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th is

take

n to

be

F C =

17.6

N/m

m2 .

3.W

hen

the

dim

ensi

ons

diffe

r fro

m t

he a

bove

dia

gram

, or

if t

heco

ncre

te d

esig

n ch

arac

teris

tic s

treng

th d

iffer

s, th

en th

e pu

ll-ou

tlo

ad c

an b

e ca

lcul

ated

acc

ordi

ng w

ith th

e fo

rmul

ae fo

r bol

ts in

ast

rong

foun

datio

n, a

t the

left,

and

div

ide

the

resu

lt by

1.5

to o

btai

nth

e al

low

able

pul

l-out

load

. In

any

case

, the

allo

wab

le p

ull-o

ut lo

adon

one

bol

t mus

t not

exc

eed

7,84

0 N

.4.

Do

not u

se b

olts

with

an

embe

dded

leng

th le

ss th

an th

at s

how

nin

the

right

mos

t col

umn.

5.It

is n

eces

sary

to

inve

stig

ate

the

shor

t-ter

m p

ull-o

ut l

oad

ofno

rmal

sup

ports

with

rega

rd to

ear

thqu

akes

whe

n th

e su

ppor

tsar

e in

stal

led

in th

e bo

ttom

of c

eilin

g sl

abs

and

on c

oncr

ete

wal

lsde

sign

ed to

sup

port

heav

y ob

ject

s. F

or th

is s

hort-

term

pul

l-out

load

, see

Item

b, “

Sho

rt-te

rm p

ull-o

ut lo

ads.”

6. I

f typ

e 1

or 2

ligh

twei

ght c

oncr

ete

is u

sed,

allo

w 1

0% m

argi

n.

Ｄ－18


(3) Installation position and center of gravityFor 2-WAY Type Outdoor Unit1) Position of center-of-gravity

LG2

hG

L2

LG2´LG1

hG

L1

LG1́

Broadside (front view) End-on (side view)

Outdoor unit type

Position of mounting points

Position of center-of-gravity Unit Weight (kg)

L1 L2 LG1 LG1´ LG2 LG2´ hG W

56.0 kW 1,000 1,040 523 477 492 548 761 765

For earthquake-resistant design, compare LG1 and LG1', and LG2 and LG2', and use the smallest value.

2) Mounting pad (foundation) size Unit: mm

A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)

20GES3E5

Installation on ground 1,700 or more

1,170 or more

120 or more

Installation on roof

Without vibration-resistant frame

1,850 or more 2,000

or more140 or moreWith vibration-resistant

frame2,000

or moreNote: The foundation is either a solid pad, or directly on the floor sla .

3) Size and type of anchor boltsi) All anchor bolts are M12.ii) Use one of the following types of anchor bolts.

Embedded-type: L-type, LA-type, headed bolts, J-type, JA-typeBoxout-compatible: L, LA, headed, J or JA (however, base dimension C must be at least 180 mm),post-drilled resin anchors or post-installed male-threaded mechanical anchor bolts.Female screw anchors provide insufficient pull-out strength, so cannot be used

A

B

C

Ｄ－19


(4) Example anchor bolt calculation

Earthquake-resistance evaluation of Model U-20GES3E5

1) The earthquake-resistance type is “Common use,” so design horizontal earthquake factor KH is 1.0 G.(KH = 1.0 for rooftop installations, and 0.4 for ground installations.)

2) Refer to paragraph (3) on the previous page for the equipment center-of-gravity position.3) Anchor bolts

Number of bolts = 4Bolt diameter M12 (12 mm)Note: If calculations give unacceptable results, change conditions and recalculate.

Example of evaluation using calculations

(1) Anchor bolt conditions

1) Total no. of bolts (N) N = 4 current models have four bolts

2) Bolt diameter (D) D = 12 mm for M12 bolts

3) Bolt cross-sectional area (A) A = πD2 / 4 = 113 mm2

4) Bolts on one side (end-on direction, n1) n1 = 2 current models have two bolts

(broadside direction, n2) n2 = 2 current models have two bolts

5) The installation method is for “embedded J or JA type bolts,” on a 15-cm-thick slabAnchor bolt allowable short-term tensile load (Ta) Ta = 11,760 N(The installation method may also be selected after completing calculations.)

(2) Calculation

1) Design horizontal seismic magnitude (KH) KH = 1.0 Installation location: KH roof : 1.0ground : 0.4

2) Operating load (W) W = 7,497 N(= operating mass × 9.8)

3) Horizontal earthquake force (FH) FH = KH · W = 7,497 N

4) Height of center-of-gravity (hG) hG = 761 mm

5) Vertical earthquake force (FV) FV = FH / 2 = 3,749 N

6) Distance from center-of-gravity to boltEnd-on direction (LG1) LG1 = 477 mm

Broadside direction (LG2) LG2 = 492 mm

Ｄ－20


7) Bolt spanEnd-on direction (L1) L1 = 1,000 mm

Broadside direction (L2) L2 = 1,040 mm

8) Actual strength of anchor boltsShort-term allowable tensile stress (ft) ft = 176 N/mm2 for SS400, ft = 176

Short-term allowable shear stress (fs) fs = 99 N/mm2 for SS400, fs = 132 x 0.75

9) Pull-out load on one boltEnd-on direction (Rb1) Rb1 = FH · hG – (W – FV) LG1

L1 · n1 = 1,959 N

Broadside direction (Rb2) Rb2 = FH · hG – (W – FV) LG2

L2 · n2 = 1,856 N

10) Anchor bolt shear stress ( ) τ = FH

N · A = 16.6 N/mm2

11) Mounting bolt tensile stressEnd-on direction (σ1) σ1 = Rb1

A = 17.3 N/mm2

Broadside direction (σ2) σ2 = Rb2

A = 16.4 N/mm2

12) Allowable tensile stress on a bolt subject to both tensile and shear stresses (fts)

fts =1.4 · ft – 1.6τ = 218.4 N/mm2

(3) Judgment

1) Tensile loadEnd-on direction, if Rb1 < Ta OK Rb1 = 1,959 < Ta = 11,760

Broadside direction, if Rb2 < Ta OK Rb2 = 1,856 < Ta = 11,760

2) Shear stressifτ< fs, OK τ = 16.6 < fs = 99

3) Tensile stressEnd-on direction: if σ1 < ft < ft = 176

OK σ1 = 17.3 σ1<fts < fts = 218.4

Broadside direction: if σ2 < ft < ft = 176OK σ2 = 16.4

σ2<fts < fts = 218.4

Ｄ－21

Installation Work

Contents

1.Procedures and Technical Pointsfor System Installation ...............................................E-2

2.Air ConditionerINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ..........................................................E-35

3.Procedures and Technical Pointsfor Electrical Wiring Work (Outdoors) ........................E-69

Ｅ－1

1．Procedures and Technical Pointsfor System InstallationInstallation Work

IMPORTANT!Read Before StartingThis air conditioning system meets strict safety andoperating standard. As the installer or service person,it is an important part of your job to install or servicethe system so it operates safety and efficiently.For safe installation and trouble-free operation,you must:• Carefully read this instruction booklet before beginning.• Follow each installation or repair step exactly as shown.• Observe all local, state, and national installation codes.• Pay close attention to all warning and caution notices

given in this manual.• After the work is completed, be sure to provide the

user with a user manual and a brief explanation of theoperating procedures.

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in severe personal injury or death.

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in personal injury or product or property damage.

If Necessary, Get HelpThese instructions are all you need for most installation sites and maintenance conditions. If you require help for a special problem, contact our sales/service outlet or your certified dealer for additional instructions.In Case of Improper InstallationThe manufacturer shall in no way be responsible for improper installation or maintenance service, including failure to follow the instructions in this document.

WARNING

CAUTION

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS When WiringELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. ONLY A QUALIFIED, EXPERIENCED ELECTRICIAN SHOULD ATTEMPT TO WIRE THIS SYSTEM.

• Do not supply power to the unit allwiring and tubing are completed or reconnected and checked.

• Highly dangerous electrical voltageare used in this system. Carefullyrefer to the wiring diagram andthese instructions when wiring.Improper connections andinadequate grounding can causeaccidental injury or death.

• The unit must be connectedto the earth according to localelectrical code.

• Connect all wiring tightly. Loose wiringmay cause overheating at connectionpoints and a possible fire hazard.

Ｅ－2


When Transporting

Be careful when picking up and moving the indoor and outdoor units. Get a partner to help, and bend your knees when lifting to reduce strain on your back. Sharp edges or thin aluminum fins on the air conditioner can cut your fingers.

When Installing...

...In a Ceiling or WallMake sure the ceiling/wall is strong enough to hold the unit’s weight. It may be necessary to construct a strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.

...In a RoomProperty insulate any tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can cause dripping and water damage to walls and floors.

...In Moist or Uneven LocationsUse a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the outdoor unit. This prevents water damage and abnormal vibration.

...In an Area with High WindsSecurely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame. Provide a suitable air baffle.

...In a Snowy Area (for Heat Pump-type Systems)Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher than drifting snow. Provide snow vents.

When Connecting Refrigerant Tubing

• Use the flare method forconnecting tubing.

• Apply refrigerant lubricant to thematching surfaces of the flare andunion tubes before connectingthem, then tighten the nut witha torque wrench for a leak-freeconnection.

• Check carefully for leaks beforestarting the test run.

When Servicing

• Turn the power OFF at the mainpower box (mains) before openingthe unit to check or repair electricalparts and wiring.

• Keep your fingers and clothingaway from any moving parts.

• Clean up the site after you finish,remembering to check that nometal scraps or bits of wiring havebeen left inside the unit beingserviced.

Gas Supply Pressure

Gas Supply Pressure(mbar) Gas Supply Pressure(mbar)

G20, G25(Natural Gas)

Min. Normal Max. G31(LPG)

Min. Normal Max.17 20 25 25 37 45

Others

CAUTION

• Ventilate any enclosed areas wheninstalling or testing the refrigerationsystem. Escaped refrigerant gas,on contact with fire or heat, canproduce dangerously toxic gas.

• Confirm upon completinginstallation that no refrigerant gasis leaking. If escaped gas comesin contact with a stove, gas waterheater, electric room heater orother heat source, it can producedangerously toxic gas.

NOTICE • The English text is the original instructions. Other languages are translation of the originalinstructions.

Ｅ－3


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

• Be sure to arrange installation from the dealer where the system waspurchased or using a professional installer. If you attempt to perform thework yourself, and do so incorrectly, there is danger of poisoning causedby exhaust gases entering the building, as well as danger of water leakage,electric shock and fire.

• Installation work must be performed correctly, in accordance with theinstructions listed here. Hazards from incorrect installation includedangerous exhaust gas buildup, water leakage, electric shock and fire.

• Check the type of engine fuel used. If the wrong type of gas is used, theengine can suffer combustion problems, and there is danger of poisoningcaused by exhaust gases.

• Ventilate the area in case refrigerant gas leaks during installation work.If refrigerant gas comes into contact with flame during the tube brazingprocess, toxic gas will be produced.

• When installation work is completed, check that there is no refrigerant gasleakage.If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and contacts the flame of a fan heater,stove, burner, or other device, toxic gases will be produced.

• Never use (top up or replace) any refrigerant other than the specifiedrefrigerant (noted on the nameplate).Doing so may cause a rupture in or breakdown of the device, or personalinjury.

• When installing or moving the indoor and outdoor units, do not allowrefrigerants other than the one specified (written on the label on the unit) orair to enter the unit’s refrigeration cycle.

• Always use nitrogen for the airtightness test. (Do not use oxygen-basedgases.)

• Never modify or repair the system yourself.• Be sure to use a refrigerant recovery machine when recovering refrigerant

for relocation or repairs. It cannot be recovered into an outdoor unit.Recovering refrigerant into an outdoor unit may result in serious accidentssuch as rupturing and injury.

CAUTION

• When handling refrigerant gas, do not come in contact with the gas directly.Doing so may result in frostbite.

Important Information Regarding the Refrigerant UsedThis product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere.Refrigerant type: R410AGWP(1) value: 2088(1) GWP = global warming potentialPeriodical inspections for refrigerant leaks may be required depending on European or local legislation. Please contact your local dealer for more information.

Ｅ－4


CHARACTERISTICS AND REQUESTS

ABOUT YOUR GAS HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERThe gas heat pump air conditioner (GHP) uses gas as the fuel to drive the compressor.As it uses gas engine, there are various characteristics.• As the unit does not easily frost, defrosting operations are infrequent even on very cold days, allowing the

unit to provide stable and continuous heating.• As the electric power consumption is about 1 kW, this leads to be less received power equipment.However, as with a car engine, periodical inspections by a specialist are for efficient use needed for a comfortable operation. Make sure you have these periodical inspections.

ENSURE YOU SIGN UP FOR A REGULAR CHECK UP CONTRACTIn order to have a comfortable operation of GHP for a long period, periodical inspections are necessary.Conduct yearly inspections supported by a specialist.What will happen if you do not have periodical inspections.1. The engine oil will deteriorate, causing a malfunction.2. The air cleaner element will be clog up, causing carbon monoxide and occasional reduction of

performance.REQUESTSOnce signed up for a periodical inspection, a specialist will call on depending on the length of time the unit has been in use. After a fixed period of in use hours, the remote controller will display “Oil Inspection”. At this time we would appreciate you contacting your dealer or service center for a check up.GUARANTEE PERIODThe guarantee period is ONE year after the date of a successful test operation and the product delivery.However, the engine itself and periodical replaced parts are guaranteed for ONE year after a successful test operation and the product delivery or 2000 hours in operation whichever comes earlier.

CHANGING ENGINE OILPeriodically change engine oil and oil filter.If you forget to change engine oil or use a non-specified oil, it may have a bad effect on the engine and be the cause of trouble.* Engine oil (Genuine oil

MAXIMUM GAS FLOW RATE AND NOX VALUEThe unit’s maximum gas flow rate and NOX value are as follows.• Maximum gas flow rate: 98 kW• Year emission (Hs) of NOX: 220 mg/kWh (COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) 2016/2281)

INGCOOL AND HEATING ABLE OPER TEMPERATURE RANGE

In order to use the air conditioner correctly, operate under the following conditions.If you operate the equipment at temperature for a long period of time, the protective components will engage and the equipment will become inoperable.

Coo

ling

Mod

e

Outdoor Temperature ≥ Approx. -10°C, ≤ 43°C

Indoor Temperature ≥ Approx. 18°C, ≤ 32°C

Room Humidity≤ Approx. 80%In the rainy season or when the air humidity is high, using the air conditioner for a long time may result in frost on the surface of the equipment and fog may be discharged from the air discharge.

Hea

ting

Mod

e Outdoor Temperature ≥ Approx. -20°C, ≤ 24°C

Indoor Temperature ≤ Approx. 27°C

Ｅ－5


1. SELECTING THE INSTALLATION LOCATION(1) Install the gas heat pump air conditioner (GHP) so that it satisfies all local regulations and government

safety codes, as well as installation standards and service guidelines for industrial gas devices.(2) Choose a suitable installation location (with adequate space for servicing), as below.

WARNING

• Install the GHP outdoor unit in a location where exhaust gases will not enter the building’s air intake orexhaust vents or windows, and will not enter the building through tubes or vents that lead inside thebuilding. There is danger of poisoning if exhaust gases enter the building.

• Install the GHP outdoor unit outdoors, in a location open to the air, so that there is no accumulation of exhaustgases.There is danger of the gases entering the building and causing poisoning.

• The exhaust gases must be open to the air in a location where they will not adversely affect the surroundings.There is danger of exhaust gases entering the building and causing poisoning. (Be certain not to allowexhaust gases to be discharged into a drainage basin, gutter, or similar location.)

• Install the outdoor unit securely in a location that can fully bear the weight of the unit.There is danger of gas leakage or injury if the outdoor unit tips over or falls.

CAUTION

• When installing outdoor units, bear in mind the need of space for maintenance. Check with Fig. 1 andmake sure there is enough space.If you fail to ensure enough space, it may result in injury from falling while performing maintenance work.

• If the outdoor unit is installed on a roof or other elevated location, install a permanent ladder, handrails,and other necessary items in the passageway leading up to the unit, and install a fence, handrails, orsimilar structure around the outdoor unit. If such protections are not installed, an injury from fallingwhile working may result.

• Be sure to stand on a stable surface when installing the outdoor unit on an elevated base or location,and avoid using stepladders.

• Leave the distances shown in Fig. 2 between the GHP outdoor unit and any flammable materials.There is danger of fire if these distances are insufficient.

• Do not install the outdoor unit in a location where flammable gases may be generated, flow, accumulateor leak, or in a location where volatile substances are handled or stored. There may be danger of fire orexplosion if the unit is installed in such a location.

• Install the outdoor unit in a location where exhaust gases and fan air will not harm plants or animals.The exhaust gases and fan air may adversely affect plants and animals.

• Avoid installation near locations such as parking lots and flowerbeds where damage from clinging dustand particles may occur. If installation in such locations is unavoidable, be sure to put a covering on theoutdoor unit or take other measures to protect it.

In addition to heeding the WARNING and CAUTION notes, avoid installation in locations where the unit will beexposed to the following:• excessive dust • fumes from organic solvents• excessively salty air, such as near the sea • high fluctuations in power voltage• sulfuric gases, such as near hot springs • electromagnetic interference from other devices• excessive water, vapors, or oil fumes (ex: from machines)

In order to improve heat exchange, install the outdoor unit in a location that is well ventilated. Providemaintenance space and separation from flammable materials as per Figs. 1 and 2.If installing in a poorly ventilated location, or if installing multiple outdoor units, ensure sufficient space to preventshort circuits.

Do not do any wiring or tubing within 30 cm of the front panel of U-10MES2E8, because this space is needed asa servicing space for the compressor.

Ensure a base height of 100 mm or more to ensure that drainage water does not accumulate and freeze aroundthe bottom of the unit.

Ｅ－6


Over 35 cm Over 95 cm

Example of installation of GHP units

Example of installation of GHP and U-10MES2E8 units

Example of installation of U-10MES2E8 units (when 3 sides are open and only 1 side is shuttered)

Over 95 cm

Over 5 cm

Over 5 cm

Over 30 cm*

Over 35 cm* Over 35 cm*

** Over 50 cm

*** Over 6 cm

Make a walk-in space behind the unit to erase maintenance and servicing*** When setting the anchor bolt to position “B” or “C”, make the space between the unit and the wall more than 25 mm for

installation operation.*** When setting the anchor bolt to position “B” or “C”, make the space between the outdoor units more than 180 mm for

installation operation.

Over 2 m

Over 10 cm

Over 10 cm

Over 10 cmOver 10 cm

Front side Front side Front side Rear side

Over 10 cmOver 10 cm Over 10 cmOver 10 cm

Over 10 cm

Refrigerant tubing side Over 55 cm

Over 55 cm

Over 55 cm

Over 95 cm

Over 95 cm

Over 95 cm

Over 95 cm

Fig. 1 Maintenance Space

Fig. 2 Required distance from flammable materials

Over 15 cm

Over 1 cm

Over 15 cm

(Top view) (Front view)

Over 1 cmOver 60 cm

Ｅ－7


(3) In snowy regions, be sure to install a snow-protection hood and enclosure.Even in regions that do not have heavy snowfall, install a snow-protection roof (such as a snow hood) if the unit is installed in a location where snow may build up and fall from the building’s roof or other surface onto the unit. (Install the hood so that the coolant supply opening at the top of the GHP unit can be used.)

(4) Take care that operating noise and exhaust do not disturb neighboring buildings or homes.In particular, install so that noise-related local environmental standards, if any, are satisfied at the border with a neighboring dwelling.

(5) Because this air conditioner may affect other electrical devices with noise, give due consideration when installing air conditioner units (both indoors and outdoors) at enough distance (at least 3 m) from the main unit of TVs, radios, stereos, intercoms, PCs, word processors, telephones, etc., as well as their antenna cables, signal wires, power cords, etc.

(6) Select an installation location so that the length of refrigerant tubing is within the ranges shown in the table below.

Warnings (Same for All Models)*Always use R410A branch tubes (sold separately) when running branching tubes.1.. arnings about using branch tubes ( ) and header tubes sold separately will come packaged with the

parts sold separately, so be sure to refer to those materials.

2.. When using T-tee branch tube

2 m or less), the main tubing must be either level or vertical. The openings

rees) L3<2mraised angle from the ground when Indoor

the main tubing is level. The openings Indoor Closed weldcan be set at any angle when the main Outdoor

tubing is vertical, but be sure to curve Fig. 3 Main tube (horizontal) Fig. 4 Main tube (vertical)a portion of the connected tubing upward. Always close weld the end point of the T-tee tubing. In addition, pay special attention to the insertion dimensions for each connected tube so that refrigerant flow is not blocked at the T-tee branches. Be sure to use only standard T-tees.

3.. Do not use f the shelf Y-joints ( ) for liquid tubes (branch tubes (made on site)).

Table 1-1 System limitationsOutdoor unit type U-10MES2E8 + U-20GES3E5

Equivalent Horsepower 30

Ratio of capacity for indoor unit to outdoor units

Min: Across the system, a minimum outdoor unit capacity of 50%Max: Total capacity of 130% with 2 outdoor units

Minimum capacity of indoor units that can be connected Type 22 or greater (equivalent to 0.8 horsepower)

Maximum number of indoor units that can be connected (per system) 48

Any angle

Closed weld

Indoor

Indoor

(provided by installer) (only with L3 at OutdoorIndoor

Level line

of each branch tube must be at a Raised angle(15 to 30 deg

Ｅ－8


Table 1-2 Ranges for refrigerant tubing length and installation height differenceCategory Symbol Description Tubing length (m)

Allowable tubing length

L1 Max. allowable tubing length ≤170 (equivalent length 200)

DL=(L2-L4) Difference between longest and shortest tubing lengths after the No. 1 branch (first branching point) ≤70

LM Max. length for main tube (tube with widest diameter) 7≤LM≤120

ℓ1, ℓ2...ℓn Max. length for each tube branch ≤30

L5 Distance between outdoor units ≤7

Lb Max. length for balance tube ≤10

Allowable height difference

H1 Max. height difference between indoor and outdoor units

If outdoor unit is above ≤50

If outdoor unit is below ≤35 (*1)

H2 ≤α (*2)

H3

Max. height difference between indoor units

Max. height difference between outdoor units 1

Allowable length for branched tubing (header branch)

L3 Max. length between first T-tee branch (provided by installer) and the closed tube end ≤2

(*1) If cooling mode is expected to be used when the external temperature is 10°C or below, the maximum length is 30 m.

(*2) The max/min permissible height between indoor units (α) is found by the difference ( L) between the maximum length and the minimum length from the first branch.α=35- L/2 (however, 0≤α≤15)

The grouping of tubes that connect the outdoor units to the indoor units is referred to as the “main tubing.”

When the maximum tubing length is more than 90 m (equivalent length), upgrade the tube size 1 rank for both the liquid and gas tubes of the main tubing.The prescribed performance cannot be guaranteed if the wrong size is selected.

If the total amount of refrigerant (Required additional refrigerant charge + Quantity of refrigerant chargewhen shipped) exceeds 80 kg, reduce the amount to 80 kg or less by changing the refrigerant tubing route.

Table 1-3 Outdoor tubing/main tubing size *1, *2

Outdoor/main tubing Outdoor tubing Main tubing

Outdoor unit (gross) capacity (kW) 28 56 85

Gas tube (mm) Ø22.22 Ø28.58 Ø31.75 (Ø38.1)

Liquid tube (mm) Ø9.52 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 (Ø22.22)

*1 If there are plans for future expansion, choose plumbing sizes according to the total capacity after suchexpansion. However, if tube size is stepped up 3 levels, expansion is not possible.

*2 If the maximum tube length exceeds 90 m (or equivalent length), use the figure in parentheses ( ) tosize the main tubing, along with those of the liquid and gas tubes.

Table 1-4 Main tube size after branching *1, *2

When indoor unit(s) are connected Main tube after branching

Post-branching indoor unit capacity (kW)*3

– 5. – 16. – 22. 28.– – 16. – 28. 35.– – 45. – 71. – 101. – 10.5 – 221.0

Gas tube (mm)

Ø12.7 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 Ø22.22 Ø15.88 Ø22.22 (Ø25.4)

Ø25.4 (Ø28.58)

Ø28.58 (Ø31.75)Ø31.75 (Ø38.1)

Ø38.1 (Ø44.45)

Liquid tube (mm)

Ø9.52 Ø9.52 (Ø12.7) Ø12.7 (Ø15.88)Ø15.88

(Ø19.05)Ø19.05 (Ø22.22) Ø22.22

*1 Select a diameter for the main tubing after a branch that is no larger than that of the header.(In cases where the main tubing after a branch would have to be larger than the header tubing, select tubing of the same size, and never exceed the header size.)

*2 If the maximum tube length exceeds 90 m (or equivalent length), use the figure in parentheses ( ) to sizethe main tube after branching, along with those of the liquid and gas tubes.

*3 “–* *” in the table above means “** kW or less”.

Ｅ－9


Fig. 5 Length of Refrigerant Tubing

Table 1-5 Branch/Header Tube SelectionUse the following branch tubing sets or tubing sets for branching the system’s main tube and indoor unit tubing.

Capacity after branch

Branch tube size (*1)

Gas tube (mm) Liquid tube (mm)

Branch tube number

Branch tubingCZ-P160BK2 CZ-P680PJ(BK)2 CZ-P1350PJ(BK)2

Over 72.8 kW Ø31.75 Ø19.05 ― ― ●

Over 45.0 kW to 72.8 kW Ø28.58 Ø15.88 ― ● ●

Over 35.5 kW to 45.0 kW Ø28.58 Ø12.7 ― ● ●

Over 28.0 kW to 35.5 kW Ø25.4 Ø12.7 ― ● ●

Over 16.0 kW to 28.0 kW Ø22.22 Ø9.52 ― ● ●

Over 5.6 kW to 16.0 kW Ø15.88 Ø9.52 ● ●(*3) ●(*3)

5.6 kW or below Ø12.7 (*2) Ø9.52 ● ●(*3) ●(*3)

(*1) Make a selection so as not to exceed the main tubing size.(*2) Even when 5.6 kW or below, make the gas tube diameter Ø15.88 if 2 or more indoor units are connected after

branching.(*3) As the tube diameter for the supplied reducer does not match, another reducer must be provided by the installer.

Table 1-6 Tubes Connecting Outdoor Units and Indoor UnitsOutdoor Units

Tubing connecting to outdoor units (L5) Unit type U-10MES2E8 U-20GES3E5

Tube sizeGas tube (mm) Ø22.22 Ø28.58

Liquid tube (mm) Ø9.52 Ø15.88

Indoor UnitsTubing

connecting to indoor units

(ℓA to ℓB)

Unit type 22 28 36 45 56 60 73 90 106 140 160 224 280

Tube sizeGas tube (mm) Ø12.7 Ø15.88 Ø19.05 Ø22.22

Ø9.52 Liquid tube (mm) Ø6.35

Note: Keep the maximum length between ℓ1 to ℓn within 30 m.

1 2 3

54 6 7 n

H3

L5 L1L5LM

LB LC LD LE

LH

LG

L4

LA

LF

L3

L2

H2

H1

Lb

ℓ

ℓ ℓ ℓ

ℓ ℓ ℓ ℓ

1. LM: Main tube with largest tubing diameter (includes LA and all post-branch main tubes that are identical in size to LA) ≤ 120 m.2. Select the sizes for post-branching main tubes after LM (LB, LC, ...) based on the post-branching capacity.3. The sizes for the indoor unit connection tubing (ℓ1 to ℓn) depend on the tubing diameter for the indoor unit.

When T-tee branch tubing is used (header branch method)

40 cm or less

40 cm or less

Used for expansionSymbols

Branch tube (purchased separately)Ball valve (purchased separately)T-tee (provided by installer)Closed (pinch) weld

No.1 branchBalance tube

Maximum height differential of indoor units after final branchIf exceeding the 4 m of height between indoor units after a final branch cannot be helped, split the difference between rise and fall (2:1).

4 m or less (within α) More than 4 m

(within α)

2X m or more

X m

Four meters is the maximum height differential between indoor units after the last branch.

Ｅ－10


WARNINGAlways check the gas density limit for the room in which the unit is installed.

(7) Check of Limit DensityWhen installing an air conditioner in a room, it is necessary to ensure that even if the refrigerant gas accidentally leaks out, its density does not exceed the limit level for that room. If the density could exceed the limit level, it is necessary to provide an opening between the unit and the adjacent room, or to install mechanical ventilation which is interlocked with a leak detector.

(Total refrigerant charged amount: kg)(Min. indoor volume where the indoor unit is

installed: m³)

≤ Limit density 0.44 (kg/m³)The limit density of refrigerant R410A which is used in this unit is 0.44 kg/m³ (ISO 5149).The shipped outdoor unit comes charged with the amount of refrigerant fixed for each type, so add it to the amount that is charged in the field. (For the refrigerant charge amount at shipment, refer to the unit’s nameplate.)

Minimum indoor volume & floor area as against the amount of refrigerant is roughly as given in the following table.

CAUTIONPay special attention to any location, such as a basement, etc., where leaking refrigerant can accumulate, since refrigerant gas is heavier than air.

2. PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION WORK(1) Foundation construction of the GHP outdoor unit

WARNING

• The foundation for the outdoor unit must be made of concrete or similar material, and must besturdy and level, with good drainage.Imperfections may cause the outdoor unit to turn over, resulting in gas leakage and/or injury.

• Use a level to make sure the foundation is level.If level is not maintained, it may result in a breakdown.

• When installing the outdoor unit, be sure to use the specified size of anchor bolts (shown in Fig. 7)and anchor the unit security. Failure to do so may result in the outdoor unit tipping over, causinggas leakage and personal injury.

Spread a vibration-resistant mat over the surface where the bottom of the outdoor unit contacts theground, so that the load is applied evenly. Use rubber bushings and anchors in such a way does notdiminish the vibration-resistant effects.

20100 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

m2 m3

40.5

54.0

27.0

13.5

0.0

67.5

81.0

94.5

108.0

121.5

135.0

148.5

162.0

175.5

189.0

202.5

216.0

15

10

5

0

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

229.585

kgTotal amount of refrigerant

Range belowRangedensity limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures notnot need

Range above the density limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures needed)

Min

. ind

oor v

olum

e

Min

. ind

oor f

loor

are

a(w

hen

the

ceili

ng is

2.7

m h

igh)

Fig. 6

Ｅ－11


Fig. 7 Foundation diagram of the GHP outdoor unit (mat foundation)Unit: mm

Foundation

Vibration-resistant mat

M12 anchor bolt

Table 2a (mm) b (mm) c (mm) d (mm) e (mm) f (mm)

56.0 kW

Installation on ground 1,700 or more

1,170 or more

1,000 1,040 1,450

120 or more

Installation on roof

Without vibration-resistant frame 1,850 or more

2,000 or more

140 or moreWith vibration-resistant frame (single type) 2,000 or

moreWith vibration-resistant frame (interlocking type) 1,850

Unit: mm

Be sure to take the following steps to prevent shifting of the foundation.A mat foundation that is simply placed on a floor slab (A-a type) must be of the dimensions shown in theTable 3 or larger in order to prevent shifting of the foundation in case of earthquake. If the mat foundationis smaller than these dimensions, take steps such as connecting the foundation and the building structurewith reinforcing bars, in accordance with building utilities earthquake-resistant design and constructionguidelines.Foundation types A-b, A-c, A-d, and A-e are provided as examples.

Use one of the following types of anchors. Use bolts of size M12 or larger for all bolts.1. Embedded-type: L-type, LA-type, headed bolts, J-type, JA-type2. Blockout-type: L-type, LA-type, headed bolts, J-type, JA-type (Make dimension “f” of the foundation

180 mm or more.)3. Plastic anchor4. External-thread type mechanical anchor

CAUTION: Do not use an internal-thread type mechanical anchor.

Fig. 8Unit: mmCondensate drain port

Fuel gas inletR3/4 external thread (male)

Exhaust drain port

Ｅ－12


(2) Foundation construction of the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit Use four anchor bolts (M12 or similar) to securely anchor the unit. Regarding the positioning anchor

bolts of the depth direction, select one of three types according to the installation site as shown in Fig. 9. Normally, select the position A. When removing the connection tube in a downward direction, select the position B.

When positioning the anchor bolt at B or C, make a sufficient space between the units or from the wall forinstallation. (Make a space between the units wider than 180 mm and left and right space wider than 250 mm from the wall.)

The vibration insulator or the like should be kept secure to satisfy the width and depth for the plate legs asshown in Fig. 10. Use a washer from the upper direction larger than the hole size for fixing the installation.

740

770

15

1000

C:730

B:730

A:964

18

Installation anchor hole8-15×21 elongated holes

Unit: mm Unit: mm

15

18234

Detailed view of anchor hole 8-15×21 elongated hole

Fig. 9Fig. 9 The positions of anchor bolts of the U-10MES2E8 outdoo

Ｅ－13


1575*

≥100

100*

*100

≥100

≥100

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

• vibration insulator position when setting anchor bolt at position B. Below shows

• Below shows vibration insulator position when setting anchor bolt at Below shows

Plate leg (right)

DD

D D

Plate leg (left)

Vibration insulator

Electrical wiring port (bottom)

Tubing port (bottom)

Plate leg (right)

A:964

Inst

alla

tion

hole

pitc

h

D D

EE



Vibration insulator

Plate leg (left)

B:730

Inst

alla

tion

hole

pitc

h

EE

D D

C:730



insulatorVibration

Plate leg (left) Plate leg (right)

Inst

alla

tion

hole

pitc

h

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

NOTE: Proceed with the work following the

Detailed view of D

Plate legs (left, right)

Anchor bolts

Washer

Base

Vibration insulator

Detailed view of E

Detailed view of D

Anchor bolts

Base

Vibration insulator


Anchor bolts

Washer

Base

Vibration insulator

WasherPlate legs (left, right)

• Below shows vibration insulator position when setting anchor bolt at position A.

dimensions showing the asterisk.

Fig. 10 Vibration insulator position of the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit

Ｅ－14


(3) Fuel piping work of the GHP outdoor unitAs needed, attach devices 2, 3 or 5 to the outdoor unit external fuel gas pipe. (Fig. 11-1)1 Flexible gas hose 2 Pressure release tap 3 Strainer 4 Master valve 5 Pipe bracketA main valve must be installed for servicing the fuel gas tube.

CAUTION

• Use a reinforced gas hose or a low-pressure gas hose with fuelgas joint bracket between the fuel gas pipe master valve and theoutdoor unit. In addition, avoid excess pressure or shock to theoutdoor unit’s fuel gas inlet by taking measures such as makingthe pipe path leading up to the gas hose as short as possible.Otherwise, there is danger of fire resulting from fuel gas leakage.

• If necessary, install pipe brackets in the fuel gas pipe path toreduce the risk of pressure or shock to the pipe path. In particular,take sufficient precautions when installing near roads. There is adanger of fire or explosion resulting from fuel gas leakage.* In regions with heavy snowfall, take precautions to protect the

fuel gas pipe path from snow damage (Fig. 11-2).• After installation work is completed, check that there is no gas

leakage from the fuel gas pipe/hose path. There is danger of fireresulting from fuel gas leakage.

• To ensure safety in case of a gas leak, make sure that airflowsurrounding the outdoor unit is sufficient and gas will notaccumulate.Accumulation of gas may result in fire or explosion.

Fig. 11-1 Fuel Pipe Structure Diagram

Fuel gas pipe

Fig. 11-2 Fuel pipe protection example

Protective cover

(4) Exhaust drain pipe work of the GHP outdoor unitAttach the included exhaust drain hose to the exhaust drain port (Fig. 8) and follow the precautions below in performing plumbing work.● The exhaust drain hose comes packaged on the reverse side of the electrical box panel of the outdoor unit.

WARNING

• If connecting the outdoor unit’s exhaust drain to a covered drainage basin or gutter, or drainingmultiple outdoor units to the same location, be sure to configure the pipes (as shown in Fig. 12) sothat exhaust gases are discharged into open air. (Make sure that the opening in the receiving drainpipe is at least 60.5 mm in nominal diameter.) Exhaust gases flowing into the building or indoor/outdoor units may result in poisoning or corrosion of the unit.

• If a pipe is used for outdoor unit exhaust draining, do not use the same pipe for other purposes(condensate draining for outdoor units, indoor unit draining, etc.). Exhaust gases flowing into thebuilding or indoor/outdoor units may result in poisoning or corrosion of the unit.

CAUTION

• If installing the outdoor unit on a roof, extend the exhaust drain pipe to the water drain (as shown in Fig. 13).PROHIBITED: Do not install the drain pipes so they drain directly onto concrete surfaces,

waterproof sheets, or metal roofing.Doing so may result in discoloring of concrete and metal surfaces, damage to waterproof sheets, holes, and other damage.

● Fasten the exhaust drain hose (included) with a hose clamp.If the exhaust drain hose leaks, it may cause corrosion to the equipment.

● When installing the exhaust drain hose (included) and plumbing the exhaust drain water tube, take care thatit is not blocked from bending/smashing the exhaust drain hose.If the exhaust drain hose is blocked, it will result in poor engine combustion and may lead to an equipment breakdown.

Ｅ－15


Slope the drain pipe at a gradient of 1/50 or more, and do not taper the pipe diameter (Fig. 12, 13). Inaddition, do not create any traps or peaks in the pipe.

If connecting multiple outdoor units to a single exhaust drain pipe, be sure to prevent exhaust gases fromflowing backward by allowing the gases to discharge into open air where the drain hose enters the drainpipe (with the drain pipe opening at least 60.5 mm in nominal diameter). Exhaust gases flowing back into theoutdoor units while they are stopped may result in starting failures, engine stalls, corrosion of the unit, andother problems. In addition, take measures to prevent drain water from splattering in locations where wind isstrong.

In cold regions where the exhaust drain pipe is likely to freeze, wrap heat tape or take other measures toprevent freezing.

Use PVC or stainless steel tubing for the exhaust drain pipe. As condensed water drips from the unit, be sure to install it in a location with good drainage. (Tubing for

the condensate drain port (Fig. 8) is not necessary, but follow the above precautions if tubing is installed.)* Condensed water from the refrigerant tubing inside the unit is released through the condensate drain

port. Condensed water from the heat exchanger and water that gets inside the unit is released throughthe drainage ports located at the center of either side panel.Route the tubing so that the exhaust gas from the drain hose does not enter any windows or ventilationports of the building.

Fig. 12 Draining the exhaust into a drainage basin

Fig. 13 Draining the exhaust into a water drain (roof)

Exhaust drain pipe

Drainage basin

Exhaust drain hose

Open to air(opening at least 60.5 mm in nominal diameter)

Downward slope of 1/50 or more

Exhaust drain pipe

Water drain

Exhaust drain hose

Open to air(opening at least 60.5 mm in nominal diameter)

Downward slope of 1/50 or more

3. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

3-1. Anchoring the outdoor unit

3-1-1. Anchoring the GHP outdoor unitTransporting the outdoor unit by hoist:

For hoisting, pass the rope over the hoistingbrackets on the unit vase at 4 locations. (Fig. 14)

Insert wood separators as protective shieldingwhen using the hoist to prevent the outer casingfrom being scratched or deformed by the rope.Be sure not to touch or apply pressure on tubeconnectors. (Fig. 14)

When hoisting with a crane, the crane hookposition must be 1 m or more above the unit.

Fig. 14

Over 1 m

Tube connectors Rear view Side view

Rope

Wood shielding

• Do not lay the outdoor unit on its side during transportation.This can damage the devices and result in malfunction.

CAUTION

Ｅ－16


3-1-2. Anchoring the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unitWhen transporting the unit, have it delivered as close to the installation site as possible without unpacking.Use a hook for suspending the unit as shown in Fig. 15.

CAUTION

When hoisting the outdoor unit, pass lifting belts through the left and right holes of the bottom plate asshown in the following figures. Use two lengths of lifting belt 7.5 meters long or longer.

Hang the lifting belt at an oblique angle of the four corners of the bottom plate. If it is hung at other areas,the lifting belt becomes loose and the outdoor unit will be damaged or you may be injured.

Use protective panels or padding at all locations where the lifting belt contacts the outer casing or otherparts to prevent scratching. In particular, use protective material (Such as cloth or cardboard) to preventthe edges of the top panel from being scratched.

A

Lifting belt

Detailed drawing A

Protective cardboard or cloth

Fan guard

These are not lifting holes.

Fig. 15

Ｅ－17


3-2. Preparing and installing the tubing

Material: Phosphorous deoxidized copper seamless tubing (C1220T)

Tubing size: Choose tubing sizes according to tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-6.

Use tube with thickness as per Table 3.

Table 3Tubing size (mm)

Exterior diameter Wall thickness TypeØ6.35 T0.8

OØ9.52 T0.8Ø12.7 T0.8Ø15.88 T1.0Ø19.05 T1.0

1/2 H or H

Ø22.22 T1.0Ø25.4 T1.0Ø28.58 T1.0Ø31.75 T1.1Ø38.1 T1.35

Ø44.45 over T1.55

After cutting the tube, be sure to remove all burrs and finish tubing ends to thecorrect surface. (The same must be done for branch tubes (purchased separately).)When bending tubes, be sure the bend radius is at least 4 times the outer diameter

of the tube.When cutting or bending tubes, be careful not to cause any pinching or blockage of

the tube.Fig. 16

CAUTION• Prevent foreign substances such as dirt or water from entering the tube by

sealing the end of the tubes with either a cap or with tape.Otherwise, this can damage the devices and result in malfunction.

Ｅ－18


3-3. Connecting the refrigerant tubing

3-3-1. Connecting the refrigerant tubing to the GHP outdoor unit1. Remove the tube fastening rubber on the gas and liquid tubes from the pipe connection panel.2. Open the knockout hole for the balance tube.3. Connect the gas and liquid tubes and perform brazing.4. Connect the balance tube and make a flare connection. (Tightening torque: 16±2N·m)5. Reattach the gas tube, liquid tube, balance tube fastening panel, and fastening rubber as they were

originally. The balance tube fastening rubber comes packaged on the reverse side of the rear panel of theGHP outdoor unit.

Tube connection panelKnockout hole

Gas tube fastening rubber

Liquid tube fastening rubber

Gas tube

Rear panelLiquid tube

Balance tube

Gas tube

Balance tube

Liquid tube

Pressure reducing valve

Nitr

ogen

Fig. 17

CAUTION

Be sure to perform the following before brazing.• The rubber that fastens the tubes is damaged easily by heat. Be sure to remove it before brazing.• Cool the tubes with wet cloths or other materials to prevent the value inside the machine from being

damaged by the brazing heat.• Be sure to replace the contents of the tube with nitrogen to prevent the formation of an oxide film. (Oxygen,

carbon dioxide or refrigerant may not be used.)• Do not use commercially available oxide film agents (antioxidants). They can adversely affect the

refrigerant and the refrigeration oil, and can cause malfunctions.• If using flare connections (for the indoor connectors or other part), apply refrigeration oil to the flared part.

Ｅ－19


3-3-2. Connecting the refrigerant tubing to the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit1. The tubing can be routed out either from the front or from the bottom. The connecting valve is contained

inside the unit. Therefore, remove the front panel as shown in Fig. 18.(1) If the tubing is routed out from the front, cut out the slit part ( ).(2) If the tubing is routed out from the bottom, use cutting pliers or a similar tool to cut out the tubing outlet slit

(part indicated by ) from the tubing cover.

Front

Bottom

Remove 8 panel screws from front panel.

Tubing cover

Tubing cover

Remove 3 screws.

If the tubing is routed out from the bottom, use cutting pliers or a similar tool to cut out the shaded area.

Cut out the shaded area in the direction of the arrow.

Fig. 18

Ｅ－20


2. Connect the tubing as shown in Table 4.

Table 4

Refrigerant tubing Connection method Tightening torque for flare nut [N · m ]

1 Gas tube (Ø22.22) Brazing -

2 Liquid tube (Ø9.52) Flare connection 38±4

3 Balance tube (Ø6.35) Flare connection 16±2

3. Use caulking, putty, or a similar material to fill any gaps at the refrigerant tube port ( ) in order toprevent rainwater, dust or foreign substances from entering the unit as shown in Fig. 19. Perform thiswork even if the tubing is routed out in a downward direction.

Tubing cover

Tubing routed out through the front side

Bottom plate

Tubing routed out through the bottom

Fig. 19

CAUTION

Use two adjustable wrenches when removing or installing the balance tube flare nut. In particular, do notapply an adjustable wrench to the hexagonal part at the top of valve. If force is applied to this part, gasleakage will occur.

Apply an adjustable wrench to settle the fixing tool as shown in the figure. If not used, the valve fixing toolwill get distorted.

Use two adjustable wrenches, as shown in the figure, when removing the liquid tube valve flare nut.• Do not apply a wrench to the valve cap when removing or installing the flare nuts. Doing so may damage

the valve.• If the valve cap is left off for a long period of time, refrigerant leakage will occur. Therefore, do not leave

the valve cap off.• Applying refrigerant oil to the flare surface can be effective in preventing gas leakage, however be sure to

use a refrigerant oil which is suitable for the refrigerant that is used in the system. This unit utilizes R410Arefrigerant, and the refrigerant oil is ether oil (synthetic oil). However, hub oil (synthetic oil) can also beused.

Do not apply an adjustablewrench to the hexagonal part.

Valve fixing tool

1

32

Ｅ－21


3-4. Tubing airtightness test and vacuum application

An airtightness test is required for gas heat pump air conditioner as part of industry installation guidelines. Follow the procedure below to perform the test and confirm there is no leakage from any connections.

Connect the manifold gauge to service ports - on the gas tube, liquid tube and balance tube. Then connectthe nitrogen tank, vacuum pump, and other items as shown in Fig. 20.

Connect an R410A control valve (Schrader valve) at the service port for the shut-off valve.If an R410A control valve (Schrader valve) is not connected, it may cause a frost burn due to refrigerant leaking when the charge hose is removed.

Use nitrogen to raise the pressure to the airtightness test pressure (3.8 MPaG) and confirm that there is no leakage. Refrigerant leakage can cause suffocation and injury to nearby persons.

CAUTION

Container for adding compressor oil

Pressure reducing valve

Pressure gauge

Siphon tube

Weight scaleVacuum pump

Liquid tube

Balance tube

Gas tube

Refringerant container R410A

Nitr

ogen

Fig. 20

When checking for air/vacuum tightness, do so at all service ports at the same time. (With all the valves tothe outdoor units closed.)Always use nitrogen when performing air tightness checks.(Oxygen, carbon dioxide or refrigerant may not be used)When performing air tightness checks on the tubes between indoor/outdoor units, we recommend doing soon the tubes independently, prior to connecting outdoor units.

After the airtightness test is completed, apply vacuum of 667 Pa (-755 mmHg, 5 Torr) or below to theindoor unit and tubing.

Do not leave for a long period of time after the vacuum state has been reached.

There is a check valve at each service port.

Ｅ－22


3-5. Compressor oil charge• Add compressor oil (FV68S) when vacuuming.• Insert compressor oil (FV68S) from the gas tube side that was mounted for vacuuming, and perform

vacuuming from the liquid tube side.• After adding the specified amount of oil, close the valve on the gas tube side, and continue vacuuming.

Table 5

Type Added compressor oil (FV68S) amount (kg)

U-10MES2E8 (28.0 kW) 0.0U-20GES3E5 (56.0 kW) 3.1

• Perform before turning on the power of the indoor and outdoor units.The expansion valve of the indoor unit will be closed.

• If the power is already turned on, perform Test Run Settings “V open” ( ) in Test Run item 13 before adding the compressor oil.

3-6. Refrigerant chargeCalculation of amount of additional refrigerant charge• Table 7 shows the refrigerant charge at factory shipping time. Additional refrigerant must be added

according to the size and length of the tubing. If a water heat exchanger unit is installed, provide an additional refrigerant charge for the connecting line portion. (Use the values in Table 6 to calculate liquid tube size and length.)

Table 6 Quantity of additional refrigerant charge Table 7

Liquid tube size (mm) Additional charge quantity per meter (g/m) Type Quantity of refrigerant

charge when shipped (kg)Ø6.35 26 U-10MES2E8 (28.0 kW) 5.6Ø9.52 56 U-20GES3E5 (56.0 kW) 11.5Ø12.7 128Ø15.88 185Ø19.05 259Ø22.22 366

Required additional refrigerant charge (kg) =[456 × (A) + 366 × (B) + 259 × (C) + 185 × (D) + 128 × (E) + 56 × (F) + 26 × (G)] × 0.001 + Unit additional charge amount (H)

(A) = total length in meters of 25.4 mm diameter liquid tubing(B) = total length in meters of 22.22 mm diameter liquid tubing(C) = total length in meters of 19.05 mm diameter liquid tubing(D) = total length in meters of 15.88 mm diameter liquid tubing(E) = total length in meters of 12.7 mm diameter liquid tubing(F) = total length in meters of 9.52 mm diameter liquid tubing(G) = total length in meters of 6.35 mm diameter liquid tubing(H) = Unit additional charge amount (Table 8)

• If the total amount of refrigerant (Required additional refrigerant charge + Quantity of refrigerant chargewhen shipped) exceeds 80 kg, reduce the amount to 80 kg or less by changing the refrigerant tubing route.

• Be careful to charge accurately according to refrigerant weight.• Charging procedure

Evacuate the system, close the gauge manifold at the gas tube side to ensure that no refrigerant enters thegas tube side, then charge the system with liquid refrigerant at the liquid tube side. While charging, keep allvalves fully closed. The compressor can be damaged if liquid refrigerant is added at the gas tube side.

• If the system does not accept the predetermined quantity of refrigerant, fully open all valves and run thesystem (either heating or cooling). While the system is running, gradually add refrigerant at the low pressureside by slightly opening the valve on the cylinder just enough so that the liquid refrigerant is gasified as it issucked into the system. (This step is normally only needed when commissioning the system.)All outdoor unit valves should be fully open.

• When charging is completed, fully open all valves.• Avoid liquid back-flow when charging with R410A refrigerant by adding small amounts at a time.

Table 8

Type Unit additional charge amount (kg)

U-10MES2E8 (28.0 kW) 5.5

U-20GES3E5 (56.0 kW) 3.5

Ｅ－23


Thermal insulation (120°C or higher heat resistance)

Control cable

Gas tube

Duct (or similar) tape(for waterproofing)

Thermal insulation

Liquid tube

Fig. 21

3-7. Insulating the Refrigerant Tubing

Tubing Insulation● Standard selection of insulation material

Under the environment of the high temperature and high humidity, the surface of the insulation material is easy to become condensation. This will result in leakage and dew drop. Refer to the chart shown below when selecting the insulation material. In case that the ambient temperature and relative humidity are placed above the line of the insulation thickness, the condensation may occasionally make a dew drop on the surface of the insulation material. In this case, select the better insulation efficiency.

* However, since the condition will be differentdue to the sort of the insulation material and the environmental condition of the installation place, see the chart shown below as a reference when making a selection.

Standard selection of tubing insulation

Sort of insulation material Polyethylene heat resisting material

Upper limits of usage temperature Gas tubing : 120 °C or aboveOther tubing : 80 °C or above

Calculating condition

Thermal conductivity of insulation material 0.043 W/(m · K) (Average temperature 23 °C)

Refrigerant temperature 2 °C

• When charging with additional refrigerant, use liquid only.• R410A cylinders are colored gray with a pink top.• Check whether a siphon tube is present (indicated on the label at the

top of the cylinder).• Depending on refrigerant and system pressure, conventional

refrigerant (R22, R407C) equipment may or may not be compatiblewith R410A equipment, so care is needed.In particular, the gauge manifold used must be specifically designedfor R410A.

• Be sure to check the limiting density.• Refer to the section “4. OPENING THE SHUT-OFF VALVES” (→ page 25)

when the instructions call for fully opening all valves.

R410A cylinder

Pink

Siphon tube Liquid refrigerant

4010 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

0401 20 30 40 50 4010 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100o6.35 o9.52 o12.7

Ambient temperature [°C] Ambient temperature [°C] Ambient temperature [°C]

Thickness 30mm Thickness

30mmThickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm Thickness

10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Ｅ－24


Sealer

Vinyl clampsFlare nut

o38.1 o41.28

4010 20 30 40 50 10 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 100

90

80

70

60

50

4010 20 30 40 50

o44.45

100

90

80

70

60

50

4010 20 30 40 50

o50.8Ambient temperature [°C]

Ambient temperature [°C]


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]A

mbi

ent r

elat

ive

hum

idity

[%]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]


20mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

0401 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

0401 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50 0

401 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

o15.88

o25.4

o19.05

o28.58

o22.22

o31.75


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Ｅ－25

Thickness

Thickness 30mm

20mm


4. OPENING THE SHUT-OFF VALVES

1. Remove the cap.

2. Slowly and securely turn the tab to the left(counterclockwise) 90 degrees.The valve is fully open when the tab hasbeen rotated 90 degrees (when it contactsthe stopper). Do not forcefully attempt toturn the tab past this point.The gas tube shut-off valve of theU-10MES2E8 outdoor unit is fully openedby turning it fully to the left, using ahexagonal wrench (8 mm across faces).The liquid tube shut-off valve is fullyopened by turning it fully to the left, using ahexagonal wrench (4 mm across faces).

Be sure to open the shut-off valve all the way.

Gas tube, Liquid tube

Ball valves are used for the shut-off valves on the outdoor units. Each can be opened and closed by rotating the tab 90 degrees.Follow the procedure below to securely open the valves. Rotate the tab 90 degrees.

Fully closed Fully open

Fully closed Fully open

Balance tube

Fig. 22 Rotating the Tab3. Reattach and tighten the cap.

Table 9Unit type Tube Cap tightening torque [N · m]

U-20GES3E5Gas

LiquidBalance

30±330±3

22.5±2.5

U-10MES2E8Gas

LiquidBalance

50±324.5±3.922.5±2.5

5. HOT WATER PIPING WORK OF THE GHP OUTDOOR UNITPrecautions on Hot Water Piping Work

CAUTION

• The allowable pressure for the hot water piping in the outdoor unit is 0.7 MPa.• Attach water release valves and air release valves to the hot water piping at the appropriate locations. If air

becomes mixed with the fluid in the pipe, this could result in noise, corrosion, or reduced performance.• Use a hot water circulation rate in the range from 35ℓ/min to 51ℓ/min.

If a circulation rate outside this range is used, this could result in a breakdown or air blockage in the pipedue to corrosion or freezing of the heat exchanger.

• Be sure to fully perform the heat-retention work for DHW piping.Failure to provide adequate heat retention will result in heat loss. This could also result in damage due tofreezing during periods of extreme cold.

• Attach the pump for DHW to the inlet piping side for DHW.• For the DHW piping, select pipes with a connection port diameter of 27.2 mm or larger, and pay careful

attention to the flow rate. Route the piping by minimizing bends and pipe resistance, and use union jointsand similar parts near the outdoor unit so that the outdoor unit can be easily separated.

• Attach a strainer (80 mesh or higher) to the outdoor unit inlet pipe for protecting the DHW heat exchangerin the outdoor unit. Also attach valves before and after the strainer and at the outlet pipe for maintenanceand servicing.

• Attach a temperature gauge and pressure gauge to the piping. These are needed for conducting checks ofthe operation status and for maintenance.

Ｅ－26


• During test operation, attach a water temperature gauge and flow rate adjustment valve to the water pipingto enable adjusting of the hot water flow rate while watching the water temperature gauge. Also, do nottouch the adjustment valve once adjustment is complete.

• Attach pipe support fittings to the DHW pipes at appropriate locations so that no excessive loads areapplied to the outdoor unit.

• Select the pump for DHW based on the water pressure loss characteristics shown in the table below .

0 35 40 45 50 55 60 650 12.5 16.3 19.7 24.6 29.7 34.8 40.6

0

10

20

30

40

50

30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Pres

sure

loss

[kPa

]

Circulation rate [ℓ/min]

Fig. 23 Characteristic of Hot water pressure loss

Hot Water Pipe Cleaning and Air Bleeding• Be sure to always perform cleaning of the pipe system for removing dust, cutting debris, and other objects

inside the pipes and removing flux debris inside the pipes which can cause deterioration of antifreeze solution and generation of gel compounds.

CAUTION

Be sure to fully bleed the air. If any air remains in the pipes, water will not flow, and the pipes cannot be cleaned.

Antifreeze Solution and Rust Prevention

CAUTION

• Failure to use antifreeze solution can cause damage to the surrounding devices and pipes due to freezingand rust.

• Antifreeze solution is injected to preventing freezing of the circulating water of this system. Be sure to injectpure antifreeze solution for preventing rust and freezing.

• Set this antifreeze solution to a concentration of 35% to 55% for fully realizing the solution's freezingprevention and rust prevention effects. Dilute using tap water (treated water) that meets the water qualitystandards.

• Use a concentration for the antifreeze solution that is 10°C lower than the annual minimum outdoortemperature.Table 10 Antifreeze solution performance table

Concentration (by volume) 35% 40% 45% 50% 55%Specific gravity (20°C) 1.056 1.063 1.071 1.078 1.085Freezing temperature -20°C -24°C -30°C -35°C -42°C

6. AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETEDRecord the actual length of refrigerant tubing and the amount of refrigerant charge.

With the GHP outdoor unit, the “label for showing the actual length of refrigerant tubing and the amountof refrigerant charged” is provided. Enter the details in the designated spaces, and apply the label to theinside of the electrical box panel, at the top.

This will be needed for subsequent maintenance.Be sure to enter this information and apply the label.

Ｅ－27


7. ENGINE REPLACEMENT PATHWAYDuring installation, consider the engine external dimensions listed at right and ensure that there is a

sufficient pathway for moving the engine.This pathway will be required should the engine need to be replaced.Table 11

Engine external dimensions (mm)Package weight (kg)

Width Depth Height670 (810) 640 (760) 650 (700) 170

* Figures in parentheses are the external dimensions of the wood shipping crate

8. USING A VIBRATION-RESISTANT FRAMEA vibration-reduction frame must be used if the unit is installed in locations where noise and vibration can

be a problem, such as on rooftops above living spaces or conference rooms. If a vibration-resistant frameis used, be sure to install steady braces or other support, and take measures to prevent applying excessiveforce to the refrigerant tubing.

Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the vibration-resistant frame when installing the frame.

(1) When Using Singular Frames

When anchoring the refrigerant tubing, be sure to set the tubing anchor for each outdoor unit at least 1.5 maway from the respective unit (as shown in Fig. 24-1).

When installing a ball valve, be sure to install them within area B. (Installation in area A is prohibited.)

Ball valve (provided by installer)

Ball valve (provided by installer)

Liquid tube (narrow)

Gas tube (wide)(At least 1.5 m)

(At least 1.5 m)

Tubing anchor

Tubing anchor

Fig. 24-1

Liquid tube

Tubing anchor

Gas tube

Fig. 24-2

When using single-type vibration-resistant frames, never install tubing in the manner shown at the right. Doing so puts excessive weight on the entire tubing installation and may result tube damage.

CAUTION

Ｅ－28


9．SUPPLEMENT(1)Attention on handling refrigerant piping

In GHP and EHP outdoor unit, the direction of the connection port of the refrigerant pipe is different, so handling the refrigerant piping as follows depending on the orientation of unit installation.

GHP: Piping connection port is on the rear side (The logo is on rear side panel)

EHP: Piping connection port is on the front side (The logo is on front side panel)

●When aligning the front of the outdoor unit (when not using vibration resistant frame)

refrigerant piping direction: right refrigerant piping direction: left

EHP right side

EHP left side

● Do not piping in front of the GHP unit. It will interfere with maintenance.

●Piping and wiring within 300 mm of the EHP unit will interfere with maintenance.

● In the case of passing refrigerant piping of EHP between GHP unit and EHP unit, leave a gap of 200mmor more for piping racking.

●When aligning piping takeout direction (when not using vibration resistant frame)


EHP right side

EHP left side


GHP

EHP

GHP EHP

GHP

EHP

300ｍｍ or more

300ｍｍ or more 300ｍｍ or more

200ｍｍ or more 200ｍｍ or more

300ｍｍ or more

front front front front

front front front front

GHP EHP

front rear

rear front

front rear

rear front

Ｅ－29


●When using vibration resistant frame※For GHP only when using the vibration resistant frame (EHP is a vibration resistant mat) or when using the

vibration resistant frame for both GHP and EHP, please follow the following.

The piping junction of GHP and EHP should be located 1.5 m or more away from the refrigerant piping outlet of GHP, and fix the GHP refrigerant piping at a distance of 1.5 m or more for GHP outdoor unit. Tubing anchor and pipe branch within 1.5 m cause piping damage due to vibration.


EHP right side

EHP left side

● Do not piping in front of the GHP unit. It will interfere with maintenance.


●In the case of passing refrigerant piping of EHP between GHP unit and EHP unit, leave a gap of 200 mm ormore for piping racking.

300ｍｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

GHP EHP

300ｍｍ or more 1.5ｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

300ｍｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

200ｍｍ or more200ｍｍ or more

GHP EHP

300ｍｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

1.5ｍ or more

Tubing anchor

Pipe branch

front rear

rear front

front front

Ｅ－30


(2) Points regarding branch pipe work

• CZ-P160BK2

1. Accompanying PartsCheck the contents of your distribution joint kit.

2. Distribution Joint Kits (with insulation)

Parts Kit 1 Parts Kit 2

• Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)

Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part Emm Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø12.7 Ø9.52 Ø6.35Inch 3/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 1/4

3. Making Branch Connections• For branching tubes, install 150mm or larger (including reducer) straight tubing up to the point where

the tube branches (or after the point where the tubes join together).• Using a tube cutter, cut the joints at the diameter required to match the outside diameter of the tubing

you are connecting. (This is usually done at the installation site.) The tube diameter depends on thetotal capacity of the indoor unit.Note that you do not have to cut the joints if it already matches the tubing end size. For size selectionof the tube diameter, refer to the installation instructions provided with the outdoor unit.

NoteAvoid forceful cutting that may harm the shape of the joints or tubing. (Inserting the tubing will not be possible if the tube shape is not proper.)

• Cut off as far away from stopper as possible.• After cutting the joints, be sure to remove burrs on the inside

of the joints. (If the joints have been squashed or dented badly,reshaped them using a tube spreader.)

• Make sure there is no dirt or other foreign substances insidethe distribution joint.

• The distribution joint can be either horizontal or vertical. Inthe case of horizontal, the L-shaped tubing must be slantedslightly upward (15° to 30°).

• When brazing, replace air inside the tube with nitrogen gas to prevent copper oxide from forming.• To insulate the distribution joint, use the supplied tubing insulation.

(If using insulation other than that supplied, make sure that its heat resistance is 120°C or higher.)• For additional details, refer to the installation instructions provided with the outdoor unit.

• When brazing a pipe E to thereducer of which middle pipe innerdimension is D as shown abovechart, cut the middle pipe as longas possible as that the pipe E canbe inserted.

Ｅ－31


• CZ-P680BK2


2. Distribution Joint Kits (with insulation)Parts Kit 1 Parts Kit 2

• Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part Hmm Ø28.58 Ø25.4 Ø22.22 Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø12.7 Ø9.52 Ø6.35Inch 1-1/8 1 7/8 3/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 1/4





• Cut off as far away from stopper as possible.• After cutting the joints, be sure to remove burrs on the inside

of the joints. (If the joints have been squashed or dented badly,reshaped them using a tube spreader.)

• Make sure there is no dirt or other foreign substances inside the distribution joint.• The distribution joint can be either horizontal or vertical. In the case of horizontal, the L-shaped tubing

must be slanted slightly upward (15° to 30°).



Part Name Parts Kit 1 Parts Kit 2Distribution Joints 1 1

Insulations 1 1Reducing Joints 5 3

Ｅ－32

Installation Work• CZ-P1350BK2


2. Distribution Joint Kits (with insulation)Parts Kit 1 Parts Kit 2

• Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I Part Jmm Ø38.1 Ø31.75 Ø28.58 Ø25.4 Ø22.22 Ø19.05 Ø15.88 Ø12.7 Ø9.52 Ø6.35Inch 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/8 1 7/8 3/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 1/4





• Cut off as far away from stopper as possible.• After cutting the joints, be sure to remove burrs

on the inside of the joints. (If the joints have beensquashed or dented badly, reshaped them usinga tube spreader.)

• Make sure there is no dirt or other foreignsubstances inside the distribution joint.



Part Name Parts Kit 1 Parts Kit 2Distribution Joints 1 1

Insulations 1 1Reducing Joints 7 4

1．Procedures and Technical Pointsfor System Installation

Ｅ－33

Example:

A

C B C D E D E

E

G

E

H

HG

GH

B

B

CDE

FF

F

175

135

110

97

114

72

Table 2 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)

Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H

mm ø31.75 ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52

Example:

A AB

E F

F

H

F

I

I H

HI

GG

GB

B

175

135

110

97

C

C

D

D

114

72

E

F

* If the tube diameter is more than ø38.1, use field-supply reducer.


Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I

mm ø38.1 ø31.75 ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Distribution Joint

Reducing JointsInsulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Gas tube

Gas tube

Liquid tube

Liquid tube

Installation Work 1．Procedures and Technical Pointsfor System Installation

•

•

CZ-P680P

CZ-P1350P

Ｅ－34

2．INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSAir ConditionerInstallation Work

Model No.

Outdoor Units

Type Outdoor Unit TypeRated Capacity

10 HP

MES2 2WAY System U-10MES2E8

• o be connecting Indoor Unit

Indoor Units

Type Indoor Unit TypeRated Capacity

22 28 36 45 56 60D1 1-Way Cassette S-28MD1E5 S-36MD1E5 S-45MD1E5 S-56MD1E5

L1 2-Way Cassette S-22ML1E5 S-28ML1E5 S-36ML1E5 S-45ML1E5 S-56ML1E5

U2 4-Way Cassette S-22MU2E5A S-28MU2E5A S-36MU2E5A S-45MU2E5A S-56MU2E5A S-60MU2E5A

Y2 4-Way Cassette 60 × 60 S-22MY2E5A S-28MY2E5A S-36MY2E5A S-45MY2E5A S-56MY2E5A

K2 Wall-Mounted S-22MK2E5A S-28MK2E5A S-36MK2E5A S-45MK2E5A S-56MK2E5A

T2 Ceiling S-36MT2E5A S-45MT2E5A S-56MT2E5A

F2 Low Silhouette Ducted S-22MF2E5A S-28MF2E5A S-36MF2E5A S-45MF2E5A S-56MF2E5A S-60MF2E5A

M1 Slim Low Static Ducted S-22MM1E5A S-28MM1E5A S-36MM1E5A S-45MM1E5A S-56MM1E5A

P1 Floor Standing S-22MP1E5 S-28MP1E5 S-36MP1E5 S-45MP1E5 S-56MP1E5

R1 Concealed Floor Standing S-22MR1E5 S-28MR1E5 S-36MR1E5 S-45MR1E5 S-56MR1E5

Type Indoor Unit TypeRated Capacity

71 / 73 90 106 140 160D1 1-Way Cassette S-73MD1E5

L1 2-Way Cassette S-73ML1E5

U2 4-Way Cassette S-73MU2E5A S-90MU2E5A S-106MU2E5A S-140MU2E5A S-160MU2E5A

K2 Wall-Mounted S-73MK2E5A S-106MK2E5A

T2 Ceiling S-73MT2E5A S-106MT2E5A S-140MT2E5A

F2 Low Silhouette Ducted S-73MF2E5A S-90MF2E5A S-106MF2E5A S-140MF2E5A S-160MF2E5A

P1 Floor Standing S-71MP1E5

R1 Concealed Floor Standing S-71MR1E5

Type Indoor Unit TypeRated Capacity224 280

E2 High Static Pressure Ducted S-224ME2E5 S-280ME2E5

Read through the Installation Instructions before you proceed with the installation. In particular, you will need to read under the “ IMPORTANT ! ” section at the top of the page.

The manuals “Procedures and Technical points for System Installation”, “Procedures and Technical Points for Electrical Wiring Work (Outdoors)” and “Procedures and Technical Points for Test Run” are also attached for the U-20GES3E5 outdoor unit. Be sure to read this manual in conjunction with these service manuals.

Ｅ－35


IMPORTANT!Please Read Before StartingThis air conditioner must be installed by the sales dealer or installer.This information is provided for use only by authorized persons.

For safe installation and trouble-free operation, you must:● Carefully read this instruction booklet before beginning.● Follow each installation or repair step exactly as shown.● This air conditioner shall be installed in accordance with

National Wiring Regulations.● This product is intended for professional use.

Permission from the power supplier is required wheninstalling the U-10MES2E8 outdoor units that areconnected to a 16 A distribution network.

● The product meets the technical requirements ofEN/IEC 61000-3-3.

● Pay close attention to all warning and caution noticesgiven in this manual.

WARNING

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in severe personal injury or death.

CAUTION

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in personal injury or product or property damage.

If Necessary, Get HelpThese instructions are all you need for most installation sites and maintenance conditions. If you require help for a special problem, contact our sales/service outlet or your certified dealer for additional instructions.

In Case of Improper InstallationThe manufacturer shall in no way be responsible for improper installation or maintenance service, including failure to follow the instructions in this document.

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS

WARNING When Wiring

ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. ONLY A QUALIFIED, EXPERIENCED ELECTRICIAN SHOULD ATTEMPT TO WIRE THIS SYSTEM.

• Do not supply power to the unit untilall wiring and tubing are completed orreconnected and checked.

• Highly dangerous electrical voltages areused in this system. Carefully refer to the wiring diagram and these instructionswhen wiring. Improper connectionsand inadequate grounding can causeaccidental injury or death.

• Connect all wiring tightly. Loose wiringmay cause overheating at connectionpoints and a possible fire hazard.

• Provide a power outlet to be usedexclusively for each unit.

• ELCB must be incorporated in thefixed wiring. Circuit breaker must beincorporated in the fixed wiring inaccordance with the wiring regulations.

Circuit breaker

U-10MES2E8 25 A

• Provide a power outlet exclusively foreach unit, and full disconnection meanshaving a contact separation by 3 mmin all poles must be incorporated in thefixed wiring in accordance with the wiringrules.

• To prevent possible hazards frominsulation failure, the unit must begrounded.

• This equipment is strongly recommendedto be installed with Earth LeakageCircuit Breaker (ELCB) or ResidualCurrent Device (RCD). Otherwise, it maycause electrical shock and fire in caseof equipment breakdown or insulationbreakdown.

Ｅ－36


When Connecting Refrigerant TubingPay particular attention to refrigerant leakages.

WARNING

• When performing piping work,do not mix air except forspecified refrigerant (R410A)in refrigeration cycle. It causescapacity down, and risk ofexplosion and injury due to hightension inside the refrigerantcycle.

• If the refrigerant comes in contactwith a flame, it produces a toxicgas.

• Do not add or replace refrigerantother than specified type. It maycause product damage, burst andinjury, etc.

• Ventilate the room immediately, in theevent that is refrigerant gas leaks duringthe installation. Be careful not to allowcontact of the refrigerant gas with aflame as this will cause the generationof toxic gas.

• Keep all tubing runs as short aspossible.

• Apply refrigerant lubricant to thematching surfaces of the flare and uniontubes before connecting them, thentighten the nut with a torque wrench fora leak-free connection.

• Check carefully for leaks before startingthe test run.

• Do not leak refrigerant while piping workfor an installation or re-installation, andwhile repairing refrigeration parts.Handle liquid refrigerant carefully as itmay cause frostbite.

When Transporting

• It may need two or more people to carryout the installation work.

• Be careful when picking up and movingthe indoor and outdoor units. Get apartner to help, and bend your kneeswhen lifting to reduce strain on yourback. Sharp edges or thin aluminumfins on the air conditioner can cut yourfingers.

When Installing…

Select an installation location which is rigid and strong enough to support or hold the unit, and select a location for easy maintenance.…In a RoomProperly insulate any tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can cause dripping and water damage to walls and floors.

CAUTIONKeep the fire alarm and the air outlet at least 1.5 m away from the unit.

…In Moist or Uneven LocationsUse a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the outdoor unit. This prevents water damage and abnormal vibration.

…In an Area with High WindsSecurely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame. Provide a suitable air baffle.

…In a Snowy Area (for Heat Pump-type Systems)Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher than drifting snow. Provide snow vents.

Ｅ－37


When Servicing

• Turn the power OFF at the mainpower box (mains), wait at least 10minutes until it is discharged, thenopen the unit to check or repairelectrical parts and wiring.

• Keep your fingers and clothing away fromany moving parts.

• Clean up the site after you finish,remembering to check that no metalscraps or bits of wiring have been leftinside the unit.

WARNING• This product must not be

modified or disassembled underany circumstances. Modified ordisassembled unit may cause fire,electric shock or injury.

• Do not clean inside the indoor andoutdoor units by users. Engageauthorized dealer or specialist forcleaning.

• In case of malfunction of thisappliance, do not repair by yourself.Contact to the sales dealer orservice dealer for a repair anddisposal.

CAUTION• Ventilate any enclosed areas when

installing or testing the refrigerationsystem. Leaked refrigerant gas,on contact with fire or heat, canproduce dangerously toxic gas.

• Confirm after installation that norefrigerant gas is leaking. If the gascomes in contact with a burningstove, gas water heater, electricroom heater or other heat source,it can cause the generation of toxicgas.

Others

When disposal of the product, comply with national regulations.

CAUTION

• Do not touch the air inlet orthe sharp aluminum fins of theoutdoor unit. You may getinjured.

• Do not sit or step on the unit,you may fall down accidentally.

• Do not stick any object into theFAN CASE.You may be injured and the unitmay be damaged.

NOTICEThe English text is the original instructions. Other languages are translations of the original instructions.

Ｅ－38


2. The standards for minimum room volume are as follows.

(1) No partition (shaded portion)

(2) When there is an effective opening with the adjacent room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas (opening without a door, or an opening 0.15% or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the door).

(3) If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room and the refrigerant tubing is interconnected, the smallest room of course becomes the object. But when mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room where the density limit is exceeded, the volume of the next smallest room becomes the object.

3. The minimum indoor floor space compared with theamount of refrigerant is roughly as follows: (When theceiling is 2.7 m high)

20100 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

m2 m3

40.5

54.0

27.0

13.5

0.0

67.5

81.0

94.5

108.0

121.5

135.0

148.5

162.0

175.5

189.0

202.5

216.0

15

10

5

0

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

229.585


Range below the density limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures notnot need

angeRange aboveRdensity limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures needed)

Min

. ind

oor

volu

me

Min

. ind

oor

floor

are

a(w

hen

the

ceili

ng is

2.7

m h

igh)

Check of Density LimitCheck the amount of refrigerant in the system and floor space of the room according to the legislation on refrigerant drainage. If there is no applicable legislation, follow the standards described below.

The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out, its density will not exceed a set limit.

The refrigerant (R410A), which is used in the air conditioner, is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia, and is not restricted by laws imposed to protect the ozone layer. However, since it contains more than air, it poses the risk of suffocation if its density should rise excessively. Suffocation from leakage of refrigerant is almost non-existent. With the recent increase in the number of high density buildings, however, the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor space, individual control, energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power, etc. Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared to conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of the multi air conditioner system is to be installed in a small room, select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its density does not reach the limit (and in the event of an emergency, measures can be made before injury can occur).In a room where the density may exceed the limit, create an opening with adjacent rooms, or install mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak detection device. The density is as given below.

Total amount of refrigerant (kg)

Min. volume of the indoor unit installed room (m3)

< Density limit (kg/m3)

The density limit of refrigerant which is used in multi air conditioners is 0.44 kg/m3 (ISO 5149).

NOTE

1. If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a singlerefrigerating device, the amount of refrigerant should be ascharged in each independent device.

For the amount of charge in this example:

The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A, B and C is 10 kg.The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D, E and F is 15 kg.

e.g., charge.amount (10 kg)

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

e.e.g., chargamount (15 kg)

Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Room F

Outdoor unit

Refrigerant tubing

Indoor unit

Mechanical ventilation device – Gas leak detector

Refrigerant tubing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitVery small room

Small room

Medium room

Large room

Ｅ－39


Precautions for Installation Using New Refrigerant1.. Care regarding tubi

1-1. Process tubing● Material: Use seamless phosphorous deoxidized copper tube for refrigeration. Wall thickness shall comply with the applicable

legislation. The minimal wall thickness must be in accordance with the table below. For tubes of ø22.22 or larger, use the material oftemper 1/2H or H (Hard copper tube). Do not bend the hard copper tube.

● Tubing size: Be sure to use the sizes indicated in the table below.

● Use a tube cutter when cutting the tubing, and be sure to remove any flash. This also applies to distribution joints (optional).

● When bending tubing, use a bending radius that is 4 times the outer diameter of the tubing or larger.

CAUTIONUse sufficient care in handling the tubing. Seal the tubing ends with caps or tape to prevent dirt, moisture, or other foreign substances from entering. These substances can result in system malfunction.

Unit: mm

Material Temper - O (Soft copper tube)

Copper tubeOuter diameter 6.35 9.52 12.7 15.88 19.05

Wall thickness 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.2

Unit: mm

Material Temper - 1/2 H, H (Hard copper tube)

Copper tubeOuter diameter 22.22 25.4 28.58 31.75 38.1 41.28 44.45

Wall thickness 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 over 1.35 over 1.45 over 1.55

1-2. Prevent impurities including water, dust and oxide from entering the tubing. Impurities can cause R410A refrigerant deterioration and compressor defects. Due to the features of the refrigerant and refrigerating machine oil, the prevention of water and other impurities becomes more important than ever.

2. Be sure to recharge the refrigerant only in liquid form.

2-1. Since R410A is a non-azeotrope, recharging the refrigerant in gas form can lower performance and cause defects in the unit.

2-2. Since refrigerant composition changes and performance decreases when gas leaks, collect the remaining refrigerant and recharge the required total amount of new refrigerant after fixing the leak.

3. Different tools required

3-1. Tool specifications have been changed due to the characteristics of R410A.

Some tools for R22- and R407C-type refrigerant systems cannot be used.

Item New tool?R407C tools compatible with R410A?

RemarksManifold gauge

Manifold gauge Yes No Types of refrigerant, refrigerating machine oil, and pressure gauge are different.

Charge hose Yes No To resist higher pressure, material must be changed.

Vacuum pump Yes Yes Use a conventional vacuum pump if it is equipped with a check valve. If it has no check valve, purchase and attach a vacuum pump adapter.

Leak detector Yes No Leak detectors for CFC and HCFC that react to chlorine do not function because R410A contains no chlorine. Leak detectors for HFC134a can be used for R410A.

Vacuum pump

OutletInlet

Flaring oil Yes No For systems that use R22, apply mineral oil (Suniso oil) to the flare nuts on the tubing to prevent refrigerant leakage. For machines that use R407C or R410A, apply synthetic oil (ether oil) to the flare nuts.

* Using tools for R22 and R407C and new tools for R410A toge her can cause defects.

3-2. Use R410A exclusive cylinder only.Single-outlet valve (with siphon tube) Liquid refrigerant should be recharged with the cylinder standing on end as shown.

Valve

Liquid

Ｅ－40


4

5 67

This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases.CO2 equivalent amount is shown in “CO2 eq.”

1 2

1 000

“CO2 eq.”1 +( ) x 2 3

11 kg

2 2kg

1 2 3kg

8ton

R410AGWP : 2088 3

Important Information Regarding The Refrigerant UsedThis product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere.

Refrigerant type: R410A

GWP(1)

value: 2088(1)

GWP = global warming potential

Periodical inspections for refrigerant leaks may be required depending on European or local legislation.Please contact your local dealer for more information.

Please fill in with indelible ink,

■ 1: the factory refrigerant charge of the product

■ 2: the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field

■ 1 + 2: the total refrigerant charge

■ (1 + 2) x 3/1000: CO2 equivalent in tons; multiply the total refrigerant charge by GWP value, then divided by 1000.

on the refrigerant charge label supplied with the product.

The filled out label must be adhered in the proximity of the product charging port (e.g. onto the inside of the service cover).

1.. Factory refrigerant charge of the product: see unit nam plate. Additional refrigerant amount charged in the fie2.

3.. Total refrigerant char. Contains fluorinated greenhouse gas4.

5.. Outdoor un6.. Refrigerant cylinder and manifold for chargi7.. GWP (global warming potential) of the refrigerant used in his product8.. 2 equivalent of fluorinated greenhouse gases contained in this product

* English text printed on this label is original. Eaclanguage label will be sealed on this original text.

Ｅ－41


1. GENERALThis booklet briefly outlines where and how to install the air conditioning system. Please read over the entire set of instructions for the outdoor unit and make sure all accessory parts listed are with the system before beginning.

1-1. Tools Required for Installation (not supplied)1. Flathead screwdriver

2. Phillips head screwdriver

3. Knife or wire stripper

4. Tape measure

5. Carpenter’s level

6. Sabre saw or keyhole saw

7. Hacksaw

8. Core bits

9. Hammer

10. Drill

11. Tube cutter

12. Tube flaring tool

13. Torque wrench

14. Adjustable wrench

15. Reamer (for deburring)

16. Hexagonal wrench (4 mm and 5 mm)

17. Pliers

18. Cutting pliers

1-2. Accessories Supplied with Outdoor Unit

1-3. Type of Copper Tube and Insulation MaterialIf you wish to purchase these materials separately from a local source, you will need:

1. Deoxidized annealed copper tube for refrigerant tubing.

2. Foamed polyethylene insulation for copper tubes asrequired to precise length of tubing. See the section“5-3. Insulating the Refrigerant Tubing” for details.

3. Use insulated copper wire for field wiring. Wire size varieswith the total length of wiring.See the section “4. ELECTRICAL WIRING” for details.

CAUTION

Check local electrical codes and regulations before obtaining wire. Also, check any specified instructions or limitations.

1-4. Additional Materials Required for Installation1. Refrigeration (armored) tape

2. Insulated staples or clamps for connecting wire(See your local codes.)

3. Putty

4. Refrigeration tubing lubricant

5. Clamps or saddles to secure refrigerant tubing

6. Scale for weighingTable 1 Outdoor Unit

Part Name FigureQ’ty

10 HP

Connectiontubing(mm)

Outer diameterø28.58

Inner diameterø25.4

0

OperatingInstructions 1

InstallationInstructions 1

Ｅ－42


WARNINGAlways check the gas density limit for the room in which the unit is installed.

1-5. Check of Limit Density

When installing an air conditioner in a room, it is necessary to ensure that even if the refrigerant gas accidentally leaks out, its density does not exceed the limit level for that room. If the density could exceed the limit level, it is necessary to provide an opening between the unit and the adjacent room, or to install mechanical ventilation which is interlocked with a leak detector.

(Total refrigerant charged amount: kg)

(Min. indoor volume where the indoor unit is installed: m³)

≤ Limit density 0.44 (kg/m³)

The limit density of refrigerant R410A which is used in this unit is 0.44 kg/m³ (ISO 5149).The shipped outdoor unit comes charged with the amount of refrigerant fixed for each type, so add it to the amount that is charged in the field. (For the refrigerant charge amount at shipment, refer to the unit’s nameplate.)

Minimum indoor volume & floor area as against the amount of refrigerant is roughly as given in the following table.

CAUTIONPay special attention to any location, such as a basement, etc., where leaking refrigerant can accumulate, since refrigerant gas is heavier than air.

20100 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

m2 m3

40.5

54.0

27.0

13.5

0.0

67.5

81.0

94.5

108.0

121.5

135.0

148.5

162.0

175.5

189.0

202.5

216.0

15

10

5

0

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

229.585


Range below the density limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures notnot need


Min

. ind

oor

volu

me

Min

. ind

oor

floor

are

a(w

hen

the

ceili

ng is

2.7

m h

igh)

Ｅ－43


1-6. Installing Distribution Joint(1) Refer to “HOW TO ATTACH DISTRIBUTION JOINT” enclosed with the optional distribution joint kit

(CZ-P680PJ2, CZ-P1350PJ2, CZ-P160BK2, CZ-P680BK2, CZ-P1350BK2).

● When connecting a branch tubing to the indoor unit directly, it is necessary for each branch tubing to install at a positive angle withrespect to horizontal in order to prevent accumulation of refrigerant oil in stopped units. See the below chart.

Branch tubing system Restricted Not restricted

A

B

How to install branch tubing

When connecting branch tubing to indoor unit directlyWhen not connecting

branch tubing to indoor unit directly

Gas tubeLiquid tube Gas & liquid tubes

When connecting to A When connecting to B

Horizontal

AD

B

15～90°

Straight tubing length over

200mm

Arrow view D

15～90°

15～30°

Straight tubing length over

200mm

(Branch tubing angle)

Horizontal

StraightStraight tubingover 200mm

or

0～30°(Branch tubing

angle)

Horizontal

Ver

tical

Upw

ard

VerticalVertical

Vertical Vertical

Dow

nwar

d

15～90°

Vertical

Straight tubing length over 200mm

15～90°

Straight tubing length over 200mm

Vertical

Vertical Vertical

Header branch system (Main tubing is horizontal.) ● Be sure to solidly weld shut the T-joint end (marked by X inthe figure). In addition, pay attention to the insertion depth ofeach connected tube so that the flow of refrigerant within theT-joint is not impeded.

Be sure to use a commercial available T-joint.

● When using the header joint system, do not make furtherbranches in the tubing.

● Do not use the header joint system on the outdoor unit side.

Outdoor

Indoor

Indoor

Indoor(From 1st branch to tip of solidly welded part)

Horizontal line

Install at a positive angle(15~30°)

Horizontal line

Install at a positive angle(15~30°)

Solidly welded shut (X)

Ｅ－44


1-7. Optional Distribution Joint KitsSee the installation instructions packaged with the distribution joint kit for the installation procedure.

■ Tubing size (with thermal insulation)

. CZ-P680P1.

Example:

A

C B C D E D E

E

G

E

H

HG

GH

B

B

CDE

FF

F

175

135

110

97

114

72



mm ø31.75 ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52

. CZ-P1350P2.

Example:

A AB

E F

F

H

F

I

I H

HI

GG

GB

B

175

135

110

97

C

C

D

D

114

72

E

F

* If the tube diameter is more than ø38.1, use field-supply reducer.


Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I

mm ø38.1 ø31.75 ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Distribution Joint


Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Gas tube

Gas tube

Liquid tube

Liquid tube

Ｅ－45


. CZ-P160B3.Example:

11097

11097

7272BA D

B

B C

C

C D EA

DE

C

C


Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E

mm ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52 ø6.35

4.. CZ-P680B

Example:

175135

11097

EE

G F

FGH

BCD

EF

EB C DFGHD C B

E F 114

72A

A

A

Insulation



mm ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52 ø6.35

. CZ-P1350B5.Example:

175135

11097

HIJ

CD

EF

GH

114

72GF F

HG

GBA

D CB

B

A

C D

*If the tube diameter is more than ø38.1, use field-supply reducer. If the tube diameter is more than ø19.05, use field-supplyreducer.


Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I Part J

mm ø38.1 ø31.75 ø28.58 ø25.4 ø22.22 ø19.05 ø15.88 ø12.7 ø9.52 ø6.35

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Distribution Joint

Insulation Distribution JointInsulation

Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Distribution Joint


Distribution Joint


Distribution Joint

Reducing Joints

Insulation

Gas tube

Gas tube

Liquid tube

Gas tube Liquid tube

Liquid tube

Ｅ－46


CAUTION Be sure to check the limit density for the room in which the indoor unit is installed.

Checking of limit density

Density limit is determined on the basis of the size of a room using an indoor unit of minimum capacity.For instance, when an indoor unit is used in a room (floor area 15 m2 × ceiling height 2.7 m = room volume 40.5 m3), the graph at right shows that the maximum overall refrigerant charge amount of limit density (0.44 kg/m3) that is not required to install a ventilation fan should be calculated as follows.

Due to the room volume,

Maximum overall refrigerant charge amount

= (room volume) × (limit density)

= 40.5 (m3) × 0.44 (kg/m3)

= 17.82 kg

Overall refrigerant charge amount for this system is 67.621 (kg). The formula for the minimum room volume should be determined as follows.

Required minimum room volume

= (overall refrigerant charge amount) ÷ (limit density)

= 67.621 (kg) ÷ 0.44 (kg/m3)

= 153.68 (m3)

Required minimum floor area

= (minimum room volume) ÷ (ceiling height)

= 153.68 (m3) ÷ 2.7 (m)

= 56.9 (m2)

Therefore an opening for ventilation is required.

< Formula for computation >

Overall refrigerant charge amount for the air conditioner: kg(Minimum room volume for indoor unit: m3)

67.621 (kg)=

40.5 (m³)= 1.67 (kg/m3) > 0.44 (kg/m³)

Accordingly, it is necessary to install a ventilation fan for this room.

20100 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

m2 m3

40.5

54.0

27.0

13.5

0.0

67.5

81.0

94.5

108.0

121.5

135.0

148.5

162.0

175.5

189.0

202.5

216.0

15

10

5

0

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

229.585


Range below the density limit of 0.44 kg/m³(Countermeasures

ot neednotn


Min

. ind

oor

volu

me

Min

. ind

oor

floor

are

a(w

hen

the

ceili

ng is

2.7

m h

igh)

Ｅ－47


2. SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE2-1. Outdoor Unit

AVOID:

● heat sources, exhaust fans, etc.

● damp, humid or uneven locations

● indoors (no-ventilation location)

DO:

● choose a place as cool as possible.

● choose a place that is well ventilated.

● allow enough room around the unit for air intake/

exhaust and possible maintenance.

Installation Space

Install the outdoor unit where there is enough space for

ventilation. Otherwise the unit may not operate properly.

The figure shows the minimum space requirement around

the outdoor units when 3 sides are open and only 1 side is

shuttered, with open space above the unit. The mounting base

should be concrete or a similar material that allows for adequate

drainage. Make provisions for anchor bolts, platform height, and

other site-specific installation requirements.

Example of installation of 2 units (when 3 sides are open and only 1 side is shuttered)

More than 300 m*** More than

50 mm

More than 500 mm

** More than50 mm

*** More than 60 mm

* Make a walk-in space behind the unit to erase maintenanceand servicing.

** When setting the anchor bolt to position “B” or “C”, make the space between the unit and the wall more than 250 mm forinstallation operation.

*** When setting the anchor bolt to position “B” or “C”, make the space between the outdoor units more than 180 mm forinstallation operation.

CAUTION

● Leave space open above the unit.● Construct louvers or other openings

in the wall, if necessary, to ensureadequate ventilation.

Hot air

Exhaust fan

Heat source

Outdoor unit

1000

C:7

30B

:730

A:9

64

1842

953

18

740770

15

Installation anchor hole

Top view Front view

Unit: mm

8-15×21 elongated holes

Air intake

Air outlet

According to the installation site, you may choose the setting ositosition the depth direction of the anchorposition in pp in t C.

: (IAA: (InstallationA: (I: (Inst: (IBB: (InstallationB: (Insta: (I

C: (InstallationC: (I

n pitch) For removing theAn pitch) For removing theBn pitch)

Air

inta

ke

Air

inta

ke

NOTE

● Do not do any wiring or tubing within 30 cm of the front

panel, because this space is needed as a servicing space for

the compressor.

● Ensure a base height of 100 mm or more to ensure that

drainage water does not accumulate and freeze around the

bottom of the unit.

● If installing a drain pan, install the drain pan prior to

installing the outdoor unit.

* Make sure there is at least 150 mm between the outdoor

unit and the ground.

Also, the direction of the tubing and electrical wiring should

be from the front of the outdoor unit.

Ｅ－48


2-2. Shield for Horizontal Exhaust DischargeIt is necessary to install an air-discharge chamber (field supply) to direct exhaust from the fan horizontally if it is difficult to provide a minimum space of 2 m between the air-discharge outlet and a nearby obstacle.

CAUTION

InIn regIn regions withn regioIn reIutdoor unit shououtdooroutdooutdooroutoolid, rasolid, solisolid, raisesolid,s

vents.

AVOID

DO

ithoutWithout snow-proofW(Without platform)

r vents WithWith snow-p(High(High plat

Fallen snow

nstalI UnitI the OutdoornsI2-3. Installing ca aw canw snow

nstalling can lem, snow-

nts shentse unite theIn locations where wind-blownproof vents should be fitted ton xposure to the wind should be avoided as much as possible.

The following problems may occur if proper countermeasures are not taken:● The fan in the outdoor unit may stop running, causing the

unit to be damaged.● There may be no air flow.● The tubing may freeze and burst.● The condenser pressure may drop because of strong wind,

and the indoor unit may freeze.

2-4. Precautions When Installing in Heavy Snow Areas

a) The platform should be higher than the maximum snowdepth.

b) The 2 anchoring feet of the outdoor unit should be used forthe platform, and the platform should be installed beneaththe air-intake side of the outdoor unit.

c) The platform foundation must be solid and the unit must besecured with anchor bolts.

d) When installing on a roof subject to strong wind,countermeasures must be taken to prevent the unit frombeing overturned.

2-5. Dimensions of Wind Ducting Reference diagram for air-discharge chamber (field supply)

For further details, see the section “SUPPLEMENT”.

2-6. Dimensions of Snow Ducting Reference diagram for snow-proof vents (field supply)

For further details, see the section “SUPPLEMENT”.

Ｅ－49


3. HOW TO INSTALL THE OUTDOOR UNIT3-1. TransportingWhen transporting the unit, have it delivered as close to the installation site as possible without unpacking.Use a hook for suspending the unit respectively according to the type of model.

A

Lifting belt

Detailed drawing A

Protective cardboard or cloth

Fan guard

These are not lifting holes.

CAUTION

● When hoisting the outdoor unit, pass lifting belts throughthe left and right holes of the bottom plate as shown in thefollowing figures. Use two lengths of lifting belt 7.5 meterslong or longer.

● Hang the lifting belt at an oblique angle of the four cornersof the bottom plate. If it is hung at other areas, the lifting beltbecomes loose and the outdoor unit will be damaged or youmay be injured.

● Use protective panels or padding at all locations where thelifting belt contacts the outer casing or other parts to preventscratching. In particular, use protective material (such ascloth or cardboard) to prevent the edges of the top panelfrom being scratched.

Ｅ－50


3-2. Installing the Outdoor Unit(1) Use four anchor bolts (M12 or similar) to securely anchor

the unit. Regarding the positioning anchor bolts of the

depth direction, select one of three types according to the

installation site as shown in the following figures.

Normally, select the position A. When removing the connection

tube in a downward direction, select the position B.

740

770

15

1000

C:7

30

B:7

30

A:9

6418

Installation anchor hole

8-15×21 elongated holes

Unit: mm

(2) When only using a single outdoor unit, see the figure below.

15

1823

4

Detailed view of anchor hole Unit: mm8-15×21 elongated hole

In case of the combination with different units, see the

section “SUPPLEMENT”.

* When positioning the anchor bolt at B or C, make a

sufficient space between the units or from the wall for

installation. (Make a space between the units wider than

180mm and left and right space wider than 250mm from

the wall.)

(3) The vibration insulator or the like should be kept secure to

satisfy the width and depth for the plate legs. Use a washer

from the upper direction larger than the hole size for fixing

the installation.

Ｅ－51


1575*

≥100

100*

*100

≥100

≥100

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

• Below showsBelow shows vibration position when setting anchor bolt at position B.

• Below shows vibration insulator position when setting anchor bolt at position C.

Plate leg (right)

DD

D D

Plate leg (left)

Vibration insulator



Plate leg (right)

A:9

64In

stal

latio

n ho

le p

itch

D D

EE


Electrical wiring (bottom)port

insulatorVibration

Plate leg (left)

B:7

30In

stal

latio

n ho

le p

itch

EE

D D

C:7

30


Electrical wiring (bottom)port

Vibration insulator

Plate leg (left) Plate leg (right)

Inst

alla

tion

hole

pitc

h

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

NOTE: Proceed with the work following the dimensions showing the asterisk.

Detailed view of D


Anchor bolts

Washer

Base

Vibration insulator

Detailed view of E

Detailed view of D

Anchor bolts

Base

Vibration insulator


Anchor bolts

Washer

Base

Vibration insulator

WasherPlate legs (left, right)

• Below shows vibration insulator position when setting anchor bolt at position A.

Ｅ－52


3-3. Routing the Tubing● The tubing can be routed out either from the front or from the bottom.● The connecting valve is contained inside the unit. Therefore, remove the front panel.(1) If the tubing is routed out from the front, cut out the slit part ( ).● Be careful not to damage the tubing cover.(2) If the tubing is routed out from the bottom, use cutting pliers or a similar tool to cut out the tubing outlet slit (part indicated by )

from the tubing cover.● Be careful not to damage the tubing cover.

Front

Bottom

Remove 8 panel screws from front panel.

Tubing cover

Tubing cover

Remove 3 screws.

If the tubing is routed out from the bottom, use cutting pliers or a similar tool to cut out the shaded area.

Cut out the shaded area in the direction of the arrow.

Ｅ－53


3-4. Prepare the Tubing● Material: Use seamless phosphorous deoxidized copper

tube for refrigeration. Wall thickness shall comply with theapplicable legislation. The minimal wall thickness must bein accordance with the table below. For tubes of ø22.22 orlarger, use the material of temper 1/2H or H (Hard coppertube). Do not bend the hard copper tube.

● Tubing sizeUse the tubing size indicated in the table below.

● When cutting the tubing, use a tube cutter, and be sure toremove any burrs.The same applies to distribution tubing (optional).

● When bending the tubes, bend each tube using a radiusthat is at least 4 times the outer diameter of the tube. Whenbending, use sufficient care to avoid crushing or damagingthe tube.

● For flaring, use a flare tool, and be sure that flaring isperformed correctly.

CAUTION

Use sufficient caution during preparation of the tubing.

Seal the tube ends by means of caps or taping to prevent

dust, moisture, or other foreign substances from entering

the tubes.

Refrigerant tubing

Tubing size (mm)

Material Temper - O (Soft copper tube)

Material Temper - 1/2 H, H (Hard copper tube)

Outer dia. Thickness Outer dia. Thickness

ø6.35 t0.8 ø22.22 t1.0

ø9.52 t0.8 ø25.4 t1.0

ø12.7 t0.8 ø28.58 t1.0

ø15.88 t1.0 ø31.75 t1.1

ø19.05 t1.2 ø38.1 over t1.35

ø41.28 over t1.45

ø44.45 over t1.55

3-5. Connect the Tubing● When operating the refrigerant tube installation in the

field, do not apply the flame of welding to the surroundingsheet-metal parts. If necessary, use a wet rag to preventoverheating of the heat exchanger.

● Except for the 16 HP model, do not use the suppliedconnector tubing.

Refrigerant tubing

Connection method

Supplied parts used?

1 Gas tube Brazing No

2 Liquid tube Flare connection No

3 Balance tube Flare connection No

Refrigerant tube port

● Use caulking, putty, or a similar material to fill any gaps atthe refrigerant tube port ( ) in order to prevent rainwater, dust or foreign substances from entering the unit.

* Perform this work even if the tubing is routed out in adownward direction.

Tubing cover

Bottom plate

Tubing routed outthrough the front side

Tubing routed out through the bottom

1

32

Ｅ－54


Use two adjustable wrenches, as shown in the figure, when removing the liquid tube valve flare nut.1. Do not apply a wrench to the valve cap when removing or

installing the flare nuts. Doing so may damage the valve.2. If the valve cap is left off for a long period of time, refrigerant

leakage will occur. Therefore, do not leave the valve cap off.3. Applying refrigerant oil to the flare surface can be effective in

preventing gas leakage, however be sure to use a refrigerantoil which is suitable for the refrigerant that is used in thesystem. This unit utilizes R410A refrigerant, and the refrigerant oil isether oil (synthetic oil). However, hub oil (synthetic oil) canalso be used.

1. Be sure to use nitrogenOxygen, CO2, and CFC must not be used.

2.. Use a pressure-reducing valve on the nitrogen tan3. Do not use agents intended to prevent the formation of oxide

film. They will adversely affect the refrigeration oil, and maycause equipment failure.

4. The balance tube is not used if only 1 outdoor unit isinstalled. Use the unit in the same conditions as when it wasshipped from the factory.

● Precautions for brazingBe sure to replace the air inside the tube with nitrogen toprevent oxide film from forming during the brazing process.Be sure to use a damp cloth or other means to cool the valveunit during brazing.

● Tighten each cap as specified below.

Tightening torque for each cap

Cap tightening torqueUnit 10 HP

Liquid tube

Valve capN · m 20.6 ~ 28.4

{kgf · cm} {206 ~ 284}

Service port capN · m 10.7 ~ 14.7

{kgf · cm} {107 ~ 147}

Flare nutN · m 34 ~ 42

{kgf · cm} {340 ~ 420}

Gas tube

Valve capN · m 47 ~ 53

{kgf · cm} {470 ~ 530}

Service port capN · m 10 ~ 12

{kgf · cm} {100 ~ 120}

Balance tube

Valve capN · m 20 ~ 25

{kgf · cm} {200 ~ 250}

Service port capN · m 9 ~ 11

{kgf · cm} {90 ~ 110}

Flare nutN · m 14 ~ 18

{kgf · cm} {140 ~ 180}

Work methodWork methodField-supply tube Remote valve

Brazing locations TapingPressure-reducingPressure-reducing valve (regulator)valve (regulator)

Nitrogen

Do not apply an adjustable to the hexagonal part.wrench

Use two adjustable wrenches when removing or installing the balance tube flare nut.In particular, do not apply an adjustable wrench to the hexagonal part at the top of the valve.If force is applied to this part, gas leakage will occur.Apply an adjustable wrench to settle the fixing tool as shown in the figure. If not used, the valve fixing tool will get distorted.

Valve fixing tool

CAUTION

HP: horsepower

Valve cap (width 14mm)

Service port cap (width 17mm)

Service port cap (width 17mm) Valve cap

(width 19mm)

Gas tube

Valve cap (width 27mm)

Service port cap (width 17mm)

Flare nut (ø6.35)

Flare nut (ø9.52)

Balance tube

Liquid tube

Ｅ－55


4. ELECTRICAL WIRING

4-1. General Precautions on Wiring

(1) Before wiring, confirm the rated voltage of the unit as shown on its nameplate, then carry out the wiring closely following the wiring diagram.

WARNING

(2) This equipment is strongly recommended to be installed with Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) or Residual Current Device (RCD). Otherwise, it may cause electrical shock and fire in case of equipment breakdown or insulation breakdown.Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with the wiring regulations. The Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) must be an approved circuit capacity, having a contact separation in all poles.

(3) To prevent possible hazards from insulation failure, the unit must be grounded.

(4) Each wiring connection must be done in accordance with the wiring system diagram. Wrong wiring may cause the unit to misoperate or become damaged.

(5) Do not allow wiring to touch the refrigerant tubing, compressor, or any moving parts of the fan.

(6) Unauthorized changes in the internal wiring can be very dangerous. The manufacturer will accept no responsibility for any damage or misoperation that occurs as a result of such unauthorized changes.

(7) Regulations on wire diameters differ from locality to locality. For field wiring rules, please refer to your LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES before beginning. You must ensure that installation complies with all relevant rules and regulations.

(8) To prevent malfunction of the air conditioner caused by electrical noise, care must be taken when wiring as follows:

● The remote control wiring and the inter-unit controlwiring should be wired apart from the inter-unit powerwiring.

● Use shielded wires for inter-unit control wiring betweenunits and ground the shield on both sides.

(9) If the power supply cord of this appliance is damaged, it must be replaced by a repair shop appointed by the manufacturer, because special purpose tools are required.

(10) Use a waterproof conduit for outdoor unit wiring to avoid damaging the wire and to prevent accumulation of liquid inside the unit.

4-2. Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System

Outdoor unit

(A) Power supply Time delay fuse orcircuit capacityWire size Max. length

U-10MES2E8 4 mm² 54 m 25 A

or

(A) Power supply Time delay fuse orcircuit capacityWire size Max. length

6 mm² 81 m 30 A

Indoor unit

Type(B) Power supply Time delay fuse

or circuit capacity

Type(B) Power supply Time delay fuse

or circuit capacityMinimum 2 mm² 2.5 mm² Minimum 2 mm² 2.5 mm²

K2 Max. 150 m — 15 A D1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A

Y2 Max. 130 m — 15 A L1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A

K1 — Max. 150 m 10 – 16 A M1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A

U1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A P1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A

F2 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A R1 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A

T2 — Max. 130 m 10 – 16 A E2 — Max. 30 m 10 – 16 A

Control wiring

(C) Inter-unit (between outdoor and indoor units) control wiring

0.75 mm² (AWG #18)Use shielded wiring*

Max. 1,000 m

(D) Remote control wiring

0.75 mm² (AWG #18)

Max. 500 m

NOTE * With ring-type wire terminal

(E) Control wiring for group control

0.75 mm² (AWG #18)

Max. 200 m (Total)

Ｅ－56


4-3. Wiring System Diagram

NOTE

(1) See the section “4-2. Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System” for the explanation of “A”, “B”, “C”, “D” and “E” in the above diagram.

(2) The basic connection diagram of the indoor unit shows the 6P terminal board, so the terminal boards in your equipment may differ from the diagram.

(3) Refrigerant Circuit (R.C.) address should be set before turning the power on.

(4) Regarding the R.C. address setting, it can be executed by remote controller automatically. See the section “7-3. Auto Address Setting”.

U2

U1

R2

R1

L

N

R2

R1

R2

R1

R2

R1

2

1

2

1

U2

U1

L

N

U2

U1

L

N

U2

U1

L

N

2

1

2

1

2

1

D

E

C

B

LN

LN

LN

LN

2

1

B

B

B

C

D

D

C

LN

A L1L2L3N

C

C

L

N

L1

L2

L3

N

3

4

U1

U2

1

2

WHT BLK

WHT BLK

WHT BLK

Power supply220-230-240V ~ 50-60 Hz




Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Power supply220/230/240V ~ 50 Hz

Power supply380-400-415V 3N ~ 50 Hz

Outdoor unit U-20GES3E5

Outdoor unit U-10MES2E8

Indoor unit (No. 1)

Indoor unit (No. 2)

Indoor unit (No. 3)

Indoor unit (No. n)

Group control:

U1 U2

N

4P terminal board

4P terminal board

L1 L2 L3Power supply

Type MES2

Inter-unit control wiring

( : Functional earthing)

Ｅ－57


CAUTION

(1) When linking outdoor units in a network, see the section “ATTENTION!”.

(2) Do not install the inter-unit control wiring in a way that forms a loop.

(3) Do not install the inter-unit control wiring such as star branch wiring. Star branch wiring causes mis-address setting.

(4) If branching the inter-unit control wiring, the number of branch points should be 16 or fewer.

Outdoor unit

Central Controller

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit



Mor

e th

an 2

m r

equi

red

Outdoor unit Branch point

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit Indoor unit

Indoor unit Indoor unit

Branch point

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Outdoor unit Outdoor unitProhibited

Prohibited

NO

Ｅ－58


(5) Use shielded wires for inter-unit control wiring (C) and ground the shield on both sides, otherwise misoperation from noise may occur. Connect wiring as shown in the section “4-3. Wiring System Diagram.”

How to Connect Wiring to Terminal

■ For stranded wiring

(1) Cut the wire end with cutting pliers, then strip the insulation to expose the stranded wiring about 10 mm and tightly twist the wire ends.

Stranded wire

Ring pressure terminal

Str

ip 1

0 m

m

(2) Using a Phillipsscrew(s) on the

head screwdriver, remove the terminal terminal board.

sing a ring con(3) Using a ring connector fastener or pliers,Uach stripped wire end with a ring presseach strippede

pressure terminal, and replace and tighten (4) Place the ringthe removed terminal screw using a screwdriver.

Screw and Special washer


Terminal board


ScrewSpecial washer

Wire

Wire

(6) • Connecting cable between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be approved polychloroprene sheathed 5 or 3 *1.5 mm2 flexible cord. Type designation 60245 IEC57 (H05RN-F, GP85PCP etc.) or heavier cord.

• F or H07RN-F which conformrating Use the standard power supply cables for Europe (such as H05RN-F or H07RN-F whichrating specifications) or use the cables based on IEC standard. (60245 IEC57, 60245

WARNINGLoose wiring may cause the terminal to overheat or result in unit malfunction. A fire hazard may also exist. Therefore, ensure that all wiring is tightly connected.

to Terminal” When connecting each power wire to the terminal, follow the instructions on “How to Connect Wiringand fasten the wire securely with the fixing screw of the terminal board.

■ Examples of shield wires

emove cable coat nR(1) Remove cable coat notRemove ca

carefullyU(2) Unbraid the braided shieldnbrUnbraid the tightlyunbraided u shield wirenbraidedunbraided shield wires

ires by coirwwires vering them with airesw by covering themwinsulation tape around them.

nsul ShieldShielInsulationI

(3) Remove coat of signal wire.

8 mm

Insulation tape ShieldShiel

signalAttach ring pre the(4) Attach ring pressure terminals to (2).shield wires insulated in Step

■ Earth wire for power supplyThe earth wire should be longer than the other lead wires for electrical safety.

Shielded wire

earthing)(Functional earthing) (Functional

Ｅ－59


Use this screw when connecting to ground for the inter-unit control wiring.( : Functional earthing)

Use this screw when connecting to ground for the inter-unit control wiring.( : Functional earthing)

Power supplyInter-unit control wiring

Power supply Inter-unit control wiring

EarthEarth

■ Wiring sample

Torque values of power supply terminal board: 2.2N·m±0.05N·m {22 kgf·cm ±0.5 kgf·cm}

Torque value of communication terminal board: 1.3N·m±0.1N·m {13 kgf·cm ±1 kgf·cm}

ATTENTION: Comply with the torque values.If tightening over torque values, the screw will be damaged.

ATTENTION: Apply an adjustable wrench to the valve vertically not to damage the P.C.board.

NOTE

• Fix the wires with the clamper to the wiring fixture plates (2 locations) and do not allow them to touch the refrigerant tubing andcompressor.

• Use a waterproof conduit for outdoor unit wiring to avoid damaging the wire and to prevent accumulation of liquid inside the unit.

Electrical wiring port

Unit front Unit bottom

Ｅ－60


NOTE

downward and be sure that henWhen reaming, hold the tubeWno copper scraps fall into theno cop

(3) Remove the flare nut fromemove the flare nut from the theRon the copper tube.

(4) Make a flare at the end of copper tubeMake a flare at the

Flare nut

Flare tool

Coppertubing

NOTE

A good flare should have the following characteristics:● Inside surface is glossy and smooth● Edge is smooth● Tapered sides are of uniform length

5. HOW TO PROCESS TUBINGThe liquid tubing side is connected by a flare nut, and the gas tubing side is connected by brazing.

5-1. Connecting the Refrigerant Tubing

Use of the Flaring MethodMany of conventional split system air conditioners employ the flaring method to connect refrigerant tubes which run between indoor and outdoor units. In this method, the copper tubes are flared at each end and connected with flare nuts.

Flaring Procedure with a Flare Tool(1) Cut the copper tube to the required length with a tube

cutter. It is recommended to cut approx. 30 – 50 cm longer than the tubing length you estimate.

(2) Remove burrs at the end of the copper tube with a tube reamer or a similar tool. This process is important and should be done carefully to make a good flare. Be sure to keep any contaminants (moisture, dirt, metal filings, etc.) from entering the tubing.

Deburring

Before After

Copper tubing

Reamer

Ｅ－61


Caution Before Connecting Tubes Tightly

(1) Apply a sealing cap or water-proof tape to prevent dust or water from entering the tubes before they are used.

(2) Be sure to apply refrigerant lubricant (ether oil) to the inside of the flare nut before making piping connections. This is effective for reducing gas leaks.

Apply refrigerant lubricant.

the unionF(3) For proper connection, align then screw instraight with each other,

or proper connection the flare nut lightly at

first to obtain a smooth match.

Flare nut

●

Union

liquid tube usingA connect it to thet

djust the shape ohe installation sit

Adjust the shape of thethe installation site andvalve using a flare.

Cautions During Brazing

● eplace air inside the tube with niReplace air insideReplRcopper oxide film from forming during the brazing process. (Oxygen, carbon dioxide and Freon are not acceptable.)

● Do not allow the tubing to get too hot during brazing.The nitrogen gas inside the tubing may overheat,causing refrigerant system valves to become damaged.Therefore allow the tubing to cool when brazing.

● Use a reducing valve for the nitrogen cylinder.

● Do not use agents intended to prevent the formationof oxide film. These agents adversely affect therefrigerant and refrigerant oil, and may cause damageor malfunctions.

5-2. Connecting Tubing BetweenConnecting Tubing BeUnits

(1) Tightly connect the indoor-side refrigerant tubing extended from the wall with the outdoor-side tubing.

theT(2) To fasten the flare nuts, applyo fasten the flare nuts, ap

● hen removing the flare nWhen removing thehen W emoviWWhen rr when tightenin afteror when tightenoor when tightening them

to use a torque wrench at ando use a t

Torque wrench

SpannerIndoor unit

Outdoor unit

If the flare nuts are over-tightened, the flare may be damaged, which could result refrigerant leakage and cause in injury or asphyxiation to room occupants.

● For the flare nuts at tubing connections, be sure to use theflare nuts that were supplied with the unit, or else flare nuts forR410A (type 2). The refrigerant tubing that is used must be ofthe correct wall thickness as shown in the following table.

Tube diameter Tightening torque,approximate Tube thickness

ø6.35 (1/4")14 – 18 N · m{140 – 180 kgf · cm}

0.8 mm

ø9.52 (3/8")34 – 42 N · m{340 – 420 kgf · cm}

0.8 mm

ø12.7 (1/2")49 – 61 N · m{490 – 610 kgf · cm}

0.8 mm

ø15.88 (5/8")68 – 82 N · m{680 – 820 kgf · cm}

1.0 mm

ø19.05 (3/4")100 – 120 N · m{1000 – 1200 kgf · cm}

1.2 mm

Because the pressure is approximately 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant pressure, the use of ordinary flare nuts (type 1) or thin-walled tubes may result in tube rupture, injury, or asphyxiation caused by refrigerant leakage.

● In order to prevent damage to the flare caused by over-tightening of the flare nuts, use the table above as a guidewhen tightening.

● When tightening the flare nut on the liquid tube, use anadjustable wrench with a nominal handle length of 200 mm.

Ｅ－62


5-3. Insulating the Refrigerant Tubing

Tubing Insulation● Standard Selection of Insulation Material

Under the environment of the high temperature and highhumidity, the surface of the insulation material is easy tobecome condensation. This will result in leakage and dewdrop. Refer to the chart shown below when selecting theinsulation material. In case that the ambient temperature andrelative humidity are placed above the line of the insulationthickness, the condensation may occasionally make a dewdrop on the surface of the insulation material. In this case,select the better insulation efficiency.* However, since the condition will be different due to the

sort of the insulation material and the environmentalcondition of the installation place, see the chart shownbelow as a reference when making a selection.

Standard Selection of Tubing Insulation

Sort of insulation materialPolyethylene heat resistingmaterial

Upper limits of usage temperature

Gas tubing : 120 °C or aboveOther tubing : 80 °C or above

Calculating condition

Thermal conductivityof insulation material

0.043 W/(m · K)(Average temperature 23 °C)

Refrigerant temperature 2 °C

Two tubes arranged together

Three tubes arranged together

4010 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

040

1 20 30 40 50

040

1 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

040

1 20 30 40 50 040

1 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

4010 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100

50

60

70

80

90

100o6.35

o15.88

o25.4

o19.05

o28.58

o22.22

o31.75

o9.52 o12.7

Liquid tube Gas tube

Cosmetic (finishing) tape

Gas tube

Liquid tube

Insulation




Ambient temperature [°C] Ambient temperature [°C]


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Balance tube

Insulation

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]A

mbi

ent r

elat

ive

hum

idity

[%]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Ｅ－63


CAUTION

If the exterior of the outdoor unit valves has been finished with a square duct covering, make sure you allow sufficient space to use the valves and to allow the panels to be attached and removed.

Taping the flare nuts

Wind the white insulation tape around the flare nuts at the gas tube connections. Then cover up the tubing connections with the flare insulator, and fill the gap at the union with the supplied black insulation tape. Finally, fasten the insulator at both ends with the supplied vinyl clamps.

o38.1 o41.28

4010 20 30 40 50 10 20 30 40 50

50

60

70

80

90

100

40

50

60

70

80

90

100


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Sealer

Flare insulator

Tube insulator

Vinyl clampsFlare nut

Unit side insulator

Refrigerant tubing and insulator

Drain pipe and insulator Drain insulator and clamp

Packing clamp

Small hose band

The procedure used for installing the insulator for both gas and liquid tubes is the same.

Seal

Flare insulator

Vinyl clamp

Insulation tape

Insulation tape (white)

100

90

80

70

60

50

4010 20 30 40 50

o44.45


Thickness 30mm

Thickness 20mm

Thickness 10mm

Am

bien

t rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

]

Never grasp the drain or refrigerant connecting outlets when moving the unit.

Insulation material

The material used for insulation must have good insulation characteristics, be easy to use, be age resistant, and must not easily absorb moisture.

Be sure to use the heat-resistant insulator corresponding to the gas tube of 120 °C or above and other tubes of 80 °C or above.

CAUTION

After a tube has been insulated, never try to bend it into a narrow curve because it can cause the tube to break or crack.

Ｅ－64


5-4. Taping the Tubes(1) At this time, the refrigerant tubes (and electrical wiring if

local codes permit) should be taped together with armoring tape in 1 bundle. To prevent the condensation from overflowing the drain pan, keep the drain hose separate from the refrigerant tubing.

(2) Wrap the armoring tape from the bottom of the outdoor unit to the top of the tubing where it enters the wall. As you wrap the tubing, overlap half of each previous tape turn.

(3) Clamp the tubing bundle to the wall, using 1 clamp approx. each meter.

Insulated tubes Drain hose

Clamp

NOTE

Do not wind the armoring tape too tightly since this will decrease the heat insulation effect. Also ensure that the condensation drain hose splits away from the bundle and drips clear of the unit and the tubing.

5-5. Finishing the InstallationAfter finishing insulating and taping over the tubing, use sealing putty to seal off the hole in the wall to prevent rain and draft from entering.

Apply putty here

Tubing

Communication line

Ｅ－65


6. AIR PURGINGAir and moisture in the refrigerant system may have undesirable effects as indicated below.

● pressure in the system rises

● operating current rises

● cooling (or heating) efficiency drops

● moisture in the refrigerant circuit may freeze and blockcapillary tubing

● water may lead to corrosion of parts in the refrigerantsystem

Therefore, the indoor unit and tubing between the indoor and outdoor unit must be leak tested and evacuated to remove any noncondensables and moisture from the system.

■ Air Purging with a Vacuum Pump (for Test Run)Preparation

Check that each tube (both liquid and gas tubes) between the indoor and outdoor units have been properly connected and all wiring for the test run has been completed. Remove the valve caps from both the gas and liquid service valves on the outdoor unit. Note that both liquid and gas tube service valves on the outdoor unit are kept closed at this stage.

Leak test(1) With the service valves on the outdoor unit closed, remove

the 1/4 in. flare nut and its bonnet on the gas tube service valve. (Save for reuse.)

(2) Attach a manifold valve (with pressure gauges) and dry nitrogen gas cylinder to this service port with charge hoses.

CAUTIONUse a manifold valve for air purging. If it is not available, use a stop valve for this purpose. The “Lo” knob of the manifold valve must always be kept closed.

(3) Pressurize the system to no more than 3.80 MPa with dry nitrogen gas and close the cylinder valve when the gauge reading reaches 3.80 MPa. Then, test for leaks with liquid soap.

CAUTION

To avoid nitrogen entering the refrigerant system in a liquid state, the top of the cylinder must be higher than the bottom when you pressurize the system. Usually, the cylinder is used in a vertical standing position.

Lo Hi

Manifold gauge

Vacuum pumpOutletInlet

Manifold valve

Pressuregauge

Charge hose

Cylinder valve

Gas tube

Open

Open

Open

Close

Close

Close

Outdoor unit

Liquid tube

Balance tube

Nitrogen gas cylinder (In vertical standing position)

Ｅ－66

Installation Work 2．INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSAir Conditioner

(4) Do a leak test of all joints of the tubing (both indoor and outdoor) and both gas and liquid service valves. Bubbles indicate a leak. Wipe off the soap with a clean cloth after a leak test.

(5) After the system is found to be free of leaks, relieve the nitrogen pressure by loosening the charge hose connector at the nitrogen cylinder. When the system pressure is reduced to normal, disconnect the hose from the cylinder.

Evacuation(1) Attach the charge hose end described in the preceding

steps to the vacuum pump to evacuate the tubing and indoor unit. Confirm that the “Lo” knob of the manifold valve is open. Then, run the vacuum pump. The operation time for evacuation varies with the tubing length and capacity of the pump. The following table shows the amount of time for evacuation:

Required time for evacuationwhen 30 gal/min. vacuum pump is used

If tubing length is less than 15 m

If tubing length is longer than 15 m

45 min. or more 90 min. or more

NOTE

The required time in the above table is calculated based on the assumption that the ideal (or target) vacuum condition is less than –101 kPa {–755 mmHg, 5 Torr}.

(2) When the desired vacuum is reached, close the “Lo” knob of the manifold valve and turn off the vacuum pump. Please confirm that the gauge pressure is under –101 kPa {–755 mmHg, 5 Torr} after 4 to 5 minutes of vacuum pump operation.

Lo Hi

Manifold valve

Vacuumgauge

Vacuum pump

Gas tube

Open

Open

Open

Close

Close

Close

Outdoor unitLiquid tube

Balancetube

Ｅ－67

Installation Work 2．INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSAir Conditioner

CAUTIONUse a cylinder designed for use with R410A respectively.

Charging additional refrigerant

● Charging additional refrigerant using the liquid tube servicevalve.

● Use a balance to measure the refrigerant accurately.

● If the additional refrigerant charge amount cannot becharged at once, charge the remaining refrigerant in liquidform by using the gas tube service valve with the system incooling operation mode at the time of test run.

Finishing the job(1) With a hex wrench, turn the liquid tube service valve stem

counter-clockwise to fully open the valve.

(2) Turn the gas tube service valve stem counter-clockwise to fully open the valve.

CAUTION

To avoid gas from leaking when removing the charge hose, make sure the stem of the gas tube is turned all the way out (“BACK SEAT” position).

(3) Loosen the charge hose connected to the gas tube service port (1/4 in.) slightly to release the pressure, then remove the hose.

(4) Replace the 1/4 in. flare nut and its bonnet on the gas tube service port and fasten the flare nut securely with an adjustable wrench or box wrench. This process is very important to prevent gas from leaking from the system.

(5) Replace the valve caps at both gas and liquid service valves and fasten them securely.

This completes air purging with a vacuum pump. The air conditioner is now ready for a test run.

Manifold valve

Pressuregauge Lo Hi

Valve

Liquid

R410A

Gas tube

Gas tube

Open

Open

Open

Open

Open

Close

Close

Close

Close

Close

Close

Close

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unitLiquid tube

Liquid tube

Balance tube

Balance tube

Ｅ－68

3．Procedures and Technical Pointsfor Electrical Wiring WorkInstallation Work

SAFETY PRECAUTIONSWARNING

•Be sure to arrange installation from the dealer where the system waspurchased or using a professional installer. Electric shock or fire may resultif an inexperienced person performs any installation or warning proceduresincorrectly.

•Only a qualified electrician shall connect this system, in accordance with theinstructions given in “Engineering Standard Related to Electrical Equipment,”“Building Wiring Regulations,” “Procedures and Technical Points for ElectricalWiring Work (Outdoors)” and “INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.” Electric shockor fire may result if electrical work is not correctly done.

Important Information Regarding the Refrigerant UsedThis product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere.Refrigerant type: R410AGWP(1) value: 2088(1) GWP = global warming potentialPeriodical inspections for refrigerant leaks may be required depending on European or local legislation. Please contact your local dealer for more information.

Ｅ－69


ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS(a) Precautions regarding electrical wiring

WARNING

• Use a dedicated branch circuit for the power wiring. Do not share the branchcircuit with any other electrical devices. Doing so may result in secondary damageoccurring if the breaker is tripped.

• Use the specified power cables (type and wiring diameter) for the electricalconnections, and connect the cables securely. Run and fasten the cablessecurely so that external forces or pressure placed on the cables will not betransmitted to their connection terminals. Overheating or fire may result ifconnections or attachment are not secure.

CAUTION

• For each device, install an overcurrent breaker of the designated capacity. If thewrong breaker is installed, there is danger of fire resulting from overheating orshort circuit.

• For each device, install an earth leakage circuit breaker of the designatedcapacity. (U-20GES3E5 Earth leakage circuit breaker rating: 30 mA, 0.1 s or less)(U-10MES2E8 Earth leakage circuit breaker rating: 30 mA, 0.1 s or less) If an earth leakage circuit breaker is not installed, there is danger of electric shockor fire.

• Protective Earthing of the electrical installation shall comply with thenational and local wiring/installation requirements.

• This air conditioner shall be installed in accordance with National Wiring Regulations.• The product meets the technical requirements of EN/IEC 61000-3-3.• Provide a power outlet exclusively for each unit, and full disconnection means having a contact separation

by 3 mm in all poles must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with the wiring rules.• This device includes an inverter. Use an earth leakage circuit breaker that is suitable for use with an inverter.• Fasten power cables and indoor/outdoor control cables inside the outdoor unit with wiring clamps. Be sure

that they do not come in contact with any of the following:(1) Engines, motors, fan blades, and other moving or high-temperature devices or fixtures(2) Refrigerant tubing, pressure release tubes, or other parts of the refrigerant circuit(3) Installation brackets or other sharp parts

• Use signal cables for the communications cables (remote controller cables and indoor/outdoor control cables)which are identifiable as different from the power cables. In addition, do not run the communications cablesparallel to the power cables.

• Run the A/C power cables and communications cables at least 3 meters distant from any units, antennas, controlcables, or power cables of televisions, radios, stereos, intercoms, computers, word processors, and similar devices.If they are less than 3 meters away, electrical noise interference may occur.

• This product is intended for professional use. Permission from the power supplier is required when installingthe U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit that are connected to a 16A distribution network.

Set the voltage of the GHP outdoor unit prior to a testrun.

Set the unit to the voltage that matches the power supply where it is installed.Select the voltage setting from 220V, 230V or 240V.

Setting the Voltage of the GHP outdoor unitWhen making the voltage setting, make sure the electricity is off at the power source.Set the voltage by rewiring the red wire that connects (TB3) and (52S) at the top of the starter motor power supply inside the electrical box, as shown in the diagram.

Relationship Between TB3 & VoltageVoltage Terminal No.220 V #4230 V #5240 V #6

220V 230V 240V

1 2 3 4 5 6

52S

Rewire the red wire to match the power supply at the installation site.

TRM BLCK (TB3)

REDBLU

Starter Motor Power Supply

BRN

YEL BLK

RED

BLU

Fig. 1

Ｅ－70


Connection examples for indoor/outdoor control cables Note: indicates a branch point.1. Bus network (up to 16 branch points) (Fig. 2)

Branch points should generally be made from outdoor units.

Outdoor unitU-20GES3E5

Outdoor unitU-10MES2E8

System controller

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Remote controller

Remote controller

No remote controller Group control

No remote controller

At least 2 m apart

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Remote controller

Fig. 2

2. Cable that is not considered a branch (Fig. 3)One of the indoor cables is split in this example.

*



System controller

Outdoor unit

Remote controller

**If this portion is 1 m or lessit is not considered a branch.


Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Remote controller

Fig. 3

Ｅ－71


3. Bus network that may exceed 17 branch points (Fig. 4)If the number of branch points will exceed 17, reduce the number of branch points by linking 2 refrigeranttubing systems within a single wiring system, for example.



System controller

Outdoor unit 2

Outdoor unit 3

Outdoor unit 4

Outdoor unit 5

Example of reducing branches of outdoor units 2 and 4

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controllerNo remote controller

Group control

No remote controller Group control



Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Fig. 4

4. PROHIBITED: Star networks (Fig. 5)

Outdoor unitMust be fewer than four lines

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

System controller

Fig. 5

Ｅ－72


5. PROHIBITED: Sub-branches (Fig. 6)Do not branch cables that have already been branched.

System controller

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Remote controller

Remote controller

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit


No remote controllerGroup control

No remote controllerGroup controlRemote controller

Fig. 6

6. PROHIBITED: Loop configurations (Fig. 7)Do not loop the entire network or any part of the network as shown.

System controller

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Remote controller

Remote controller

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit


No remote controllerGroup control

Note: � indicates the looped portion.

Remote controller

Fig. 7

Ｅ－73


*

**

U1U212

L1L2L3

Earth leakage circuit breaker


380-400-415V 3N ~ 50Hz

220/230/240V ~ 50Hz





Outdoor power cable

Outdoor power cable

Indoor/outdoor control cable

Indoor/outdoor control cable

Indoor power cable

Remote controller

White Black White Black White Black White Black

(purchased separately)




Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller

Indoor unit1

Indoor unit2

Indoor unit3

Indoor unit4Outdoor

unitU-20GES3E5

Outdoor unit

U-10MES2E8

220-230-240V ~ 50-60Hz

220-230-240V ~ 50-60Hz

220-230-240V ~ 50-60Hz

220-230-240V ~ 50-60Hz

(c) Electrical Wiring System Diagram For electrical wiring construction, refer to the Electrical wiring system diagram (Fig. 9) and the electrical diagram attached to the indoor unit.

Fig. 9 Electrical Wiring System Diagram

* When connecting indoor/outdoor control cables, no more than two cablesshould be connected to a single terminal section on the terminal board. If youneed to connect a third or forth cable, connect the cables to 3 and 4 on theterminal board.

** Do not connect any cables to 1 and 2 on the terminal board of the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit.

CAUTION

Use shielded wires for inter-unit control wiring and ground theshield on both sides, otherwise misoperation from noise mayoccur. Connect wiring as shown in the section “(c) ElectricalWiring System Diagram.”

WARNINGLoose wiring may cause the terminal to overheat or result in unit malfunction. A fire hazard may also exist. Therefore, ensure that all wiring is tightly connected.

When connecting each power wire to the terminal, follow the instructions on “How to Connect Wiring to Terminal” and fasten the wire securely with the fixing screw of the terminal board.

Shielded wire

(Functional earthing) (Functional earthing)

Fig. 10

( : Functional earthing)

Ｅ－74


How to Connect Wiring to Terminal

■ For stranded wiring

(1) Cut the wire end with cutting pliers, then strip the insulation to expose the stranded wiring about 10 mm and tightly twist the wire ends.

Stranded wire


Stri

p 10

mm

(2) Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the terminal screw(s) on the terminal board.

(3) Using a ring connector fastener or pliers, securely a ring pressure clamp each stripped wire end with

terminal.(4) Place the ring pressure terminal, and replace

and tighten the removed terminal screw using a screwdriver.

Screw and Special washer


Terminal board


ScrewSpecial washer

Wire

Wire

■ Examples of shieldExamp

not to scratch braided (1) Remove cable coatshield.

igFig.F

(2) Unbraid the braided carefull shieldd y and twisthe unbrtthe unbraidedhe unt shieldthe unbraid

wires byInsulate Insulate th oran insulation tubn insulaa

Insulate the shieldan insulation tubearound them.

Insulation tape Shield mesh

Fig.Fig

(3) Remove coat ofat of sat re.

8 mm

Insulation tape ShieldShiel

terminals to the signal

Fig. 15

(4) Attach ring pressure wires insulatedwires and the shield in Step (2).

Fig. 16

■ Earth wire for power supplyThe earth wire should be longer than the other lead wires for electrical safety.

Fig. 11

12Fig.

Ｅ－75


Wiring sample of the GHP outdoor unit

Torque values of power supply wiring:2.7N·m±0.1N·m {27 kgf·cm ±1 kgf·cm}

Torque value of communication wiring: 1.3N·m±0.1N·m {13 kgf·cm ±1 kgf·cm}

ATTENTION:Comply with the torque values. If tightening over torque values, the screw will be damaged.

Fig. 17

Use this screw when connecting to ground for the inter-unit control wiring. ( : Functional earthing)

Use this screw when connecting to ground for the inter-unit control wiring. ( : Functional earthing)

Torque values of power supply terminal board:2.2N·m±0.05N·m {22 kgf·cm ±0.5 kgf·cm}

Torque value of communication terminal board: 1.3N·m±0.1N·m {13 kgf·cm ±1 kgf·cm}

ATTENTION: Comply with the torque values. If tightening over torque values, the screw will be damaged.

ATTENTION: Apply an adjustable wrench to the valve vertically not to damage the P.C.board.

Power supplyInter-unit control wiring

Earth

Power supply Inter-unit control wiring

Earth

Fig. 18

Wiring sample of the U-10MES2E8 outdoor unit

Earth

Use this screw when connecting to groundfor the Inter-unit control wiring. ( : Functional earthing)

Power supply wiring Inter-unit control wiring

Ｅ－76


NOTE

• Fix the wires with the clamper to the wiring fixture plates (2 locations) and do not allow them to touch therefrigerant tubing and compressor.

• Use a waterproof conduit for outdoor unit wiring to avoid damaging the wire and to prevent accumulation ofliquid inside the unit.

Electrical wiring port

Unit front Unit bottom

Fig. 19

Operating power for the external hot water pump

The external pump is powered via screws 1 and 2 on the 2P terminal board (TB2) of the GHP outdoor unit’s terminal box.Output type: No-voltage A-contact (contact “closed” when external pump is operating and “open” when it is not

operating)Be sure to use an electromagnetic contactor to connect to the 2P terminal board (TB2).Operating current : min 20 mA 220/230/240 V AC, max 1 A 220/230/240 V AC If any loads with the operating current under the above minimum value (like relays or neon lamps) are connected, they can cause malfunctions.

12

PM

Outdoor unit (GHP)

External pump

Brown

Contact output for external pump

(TB2) 2P terminal board

Electromagnetic contactor

External pump power

Electromagnetic contactor power

Brown

Fig. 20

Ｅ－77

Separately Sold Parts

Contents1. Outdoor unit related parts

(1) Exhaust extension kit (CZ-PEX560S) ..................................................................... F-2

Ｆ－1

Separately Sold Parts 1. Outdoor unit related parts

(1) Exhaust extension kit (CZ-PEX560S)

(1) External dimension diagram

Figure 1

(2) Limitations when the exhaust pipe is extendedObserve the following limits when carrying out exhaust pipe extension work.Limitations during installation work Limit valueOutdoor air temperature -5°C or moreExtension of exhaust pipe 5 m and 4 bends or lessSlope of the exhaust pipe Gradient of 3/100 or more (upward)

(3) Installing the exhaust extension kit1) Disassemble the adaptor for the exhaust extension

a) Open the box, and check that it contains the following parts.Exhaust extension adaptor and exhaust top assembly x 1O-ring (P-70) x 1Instruction manual x 1

b) Fully insert the exhaust top all the way into the exhaust extension adapter once.c) Pull out the exhaust top in the direction of the arrow while pressing the stopper on the exhaust

extension adapter.

Figure 2

2) Remove the cap and exhaust top (standard parts)a) Remove the cap (M5 screw) attached to the top of the outdoor unit.b) Remove the exhaust top (M4 screws x 2) in the same way while taking care to not to dislodge

the exhaust pipe. (The exhaust top can be removed easily if you use lubricant and turn it duringremoval.) The two M4 screws will be reused, so take care not to lose them.

c) Remove the existing O-ring from the exhaust pipe and attach the supplied O-ring.The edge of the exhaust pipe is sharp, so be careful not to injure yourself when you performthis step.

Figure 3

Ｆ－2


3) Attach the adapter for the exhaust extensiona) Insert the exhaust extension adaptor in the direction of the arrow. (The adaptor can be inserted

easily if you use lubricant.)b) Use the two M4 screws removed in Step 2) b to fix the exhaust extension adaptor to the outdoor

unit top panel.

Figure 4

4) Attach the exhaust topa) Be sure to attach the supplied exhaust top to the very end of the pipe.b) Connect the exhaust top and KP pipe by sufficiently inserting the exhaust top until the male

side connector warning mark (red line). Refer to Figure 6. A clicking sound will be heard whenthe top is connected properly.

c) Be sure to attach the exhaust top vertically as shown in Figure 5.

Figure 5

Figure 6

Ｆ－3


Cautions regarding installation work• Cautions regarding connecting the KP pipe

1) When connecting the KP pipe, sufficiently insert the top until the warning mark (red line) on themale connector side becomes hidden. A clicking sound will be heard when the top is connectedproperly. Refer to Figure 6.

2) Never cut the KP pipe. If size adjustment is necessary, use a slide pipe.3) For other points regarding the KP pipe, follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer.

• Method of securing the exhaust pipe1) To secure the exhaust pipe, attach the fittings (support legs and split halves) on site, and use the

bolts/screws of the unit top plate to secure the pipe. Refer to the example in Figure 7.2) Secure the exhaust gas pipe extending from the main body of the unit to an external wall or the

like using the fittings very 1.5 to 2.0 m.3) The length from the exhaust extension pipe final securing edge is limited to 500 mm or less. Refer

to Figure 7.

Figure 7

• Separation distance of the exhaust pipeThe separation distance (mm) of the exhaust pipe from building parts finished with combustible material,flame retardant mate ial, or quasi-noncombustible material shall be as shown in Figure 8.

Figure 8 (Space part)

Ｆ－4


• Separation distance of the exhaust topThe separation distance (mm) of the exhaust pipe opening from building parts finished witcombustible material, flame retardant material, or quasi-noncombustible material shall be as shownin Figure 9.

Figure 9 (Separation distance around the exhaust top)

<Reference> The dimensions within the parentheses are the distances for the case where a heat-proof board is installed and building parts are effectively finished with non-combustible materials.

• Precautions for when using an anti-vibration frame1) An exhaust extension can also be attached when an anti-vibration platform is used.2) If the exhaust pipe extension is 500 mm or less and installed vertically, then there is no need to

secure the exhaust extension.3) In other cases, secure the exhaust extension using, for instance, the fittings and the bolts/screws

of the unit top plate.4) Refer to the example in Figure 7.

• Precautions for when installing a blow out extension duct1) If a blow out extension duct is installed, there are cases when it is difficult to use a leg support

fitting and other fittings because of the shape to the duct. In such a case, use wire or other suitablemeans and the bolts/screws of the duct and unit top plate to secure the blow out extension.

2) For an example of using a leg support fitting, re er to Figure 10.

Figure 10

Ｆ－5

Periodic Inspection

Contents1. Periodic inspection items and intervals

(1) Test run ................................................................................................................... G-2(2) Warranty period ....................................................................................................... G-2(3) Periodic inspection items outside the warranty period ............................................ G-2

2. Periodic replacement parts .................................................................................G-4

Ｇ－1

Periodic Inspection 1. Periodic inspection items and intervals

In order to use a gas heat pump (GHP) air conditioning system for a long time, periodic inspections need to be performed by a specialist service person.Panasonic operates a yearly periodic inspection contract system, so customers are encouraged to take out a contract when they purchase GHP.After a contract is concluded, a specialist service person will visit to perform periodic inspections at intervals based on the number of hours of operation and depending on the periodic inspection content.For further details regarding the contract, consult with the dealer where this system was purchased or our service company.

(1) Test run

Inspection items

(Test run inspection)• Verification of installation ork• Inspection of electrics• Inspection of main unit• Inspection of engine system• Inspection of safety protection devices• Acquisition of operation data• Check for gas leaks

Note:If any installation work problem is found during the test run, the customer should request that the contractor that installed the equipment remedy the problem.

(2) Warranty periodThe period of warranty is one year from the day of completion of hand-over of the equipment after performing a test run.However, for the engine and parts requiring periodic replacement, the period shall be the shorter of one year from the date of completion of hand-over of the system after performing a test run or 2,000 operating hours.

(3) Periodic inspection items outside the warranty periodThe number of periodic inspections per year varies depending upon the number of hours of operating the heating and cooling system.The table below shows the case for 2,000 hours of heating/cooling operation in one year. If a periodic inspection contract is concluded, then a GHP specialist service person will visit to carry out the indicated inspections, replace parts, and make adjustments.(The time to visit will be determined by the service person.)

Periodic inspection itemsInspection

period To be determined by the specialist GHP service person.

Inspection items

• Coolant level inspection and filling 10,000 hours or 5 years• Drain filter filler inspectio 10,000 hours or 5 years• Inspection and adjustment of each part: In accordance with the company’s periodic

inspection contentInspection of engine systemInspection of safety protection devicesInspection and filling of engine oiAcquisition of operation dataCheck for gas leaks

Periodic replacement

parts Replacement interval Part name

10,000 hoursor

5 years

• Engine oil• Engine oil filte• Air cleaner element• Spark plugs• Compressor operation belt• Oil absorbent mat• Drain filter pa king

Note: The engine and the sub-oil panel are subject to the engine oil change.Periodic

adjustments • Adjustment of the engine valve clearances: 10,000 hours or 5 years

Ｇ－2

Periodic Inspection 1. Periodic inspection items and intervals

A charge is made for periodic inspection.Note: The periodic replacement period is calculated on the basis of 2,000 operating hours per year, and

13 years of use.If it becomes necessary to replace parts other than the periodic replacement parts above, there will be a charge separate from the periodic inspection contract charge.

Note: Garbage and dust sticking to the heat exchanger fans of the indoor unit and outdoor unit may result in reduced performance or a failure.Therefore, it is recommended that you consult with the dealer where the system was purchased or with a specialist service company, and have garbage removed from the heat exchangers, and the heat exchangers cleaned. (A charge will be made for this service.)

Ｇ－3

Periodic Inspection 2. Periodic replacement parts

U-20GES3E5Replacement rank

(Replacement time) Part code Part name Quantity

C-5(10,000 hours or5 years)

CZ-PSLF3 Oil filte 1CZ-PSAF1 Air cleaner element 1CZ-PSPG1 Spark plugs 4CZ-PSVB6 Compressor operation belt 1CZ-PSLS5 Oil absorbent mat 0.5CZ-PSDF1 Drain filter pa king 1

C-10(20,000 hours or10 years)

CZ-PSLF3 Oil filte 1CZ-PSAF1 Air cleaner element 1CZ-PSPG1 Spark plugs 4CZ-PSVB6 Compressor operation belt 1CZ-PSLS5 Oil absorbent mat 0.5CZ-PSDF1 Drain filter pa king 1

Ｇ－4

TECHNICAL DATA GHP and EHP hybrid Air Conditioner

Documents

Transcript of TECHNICAL DATA GHP and EHP hybrid Air Conditioner